diff --git a/en_tn_15-EZR.tsv b/en_tn_15-EZR.tsv
index d8c836d29..6fe68f27d 100644
--- a/en_tn_15-EZR.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_15-EZR.tsv
@@ -3,110 +3,110 @@ EZR	front	intro	fa5r			0		# Introduction to Ezra<br>## Part 1: General Introduct
 EZR	1	intro	dd25			0		# Ezra 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter records the story of the first Jews as they return from Persia to Judea.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King Cyrus<br>King Cyrus allowed them to return because he wanted them to rebuild the temple. Those who stayed behind gave gifts to those who left to help them on their journey and resettlement. This practice was common under the reign of Cyrus and was used as a way to maintain peace throughout his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Jews<br>Upon return to Judea, the focus of the rest of the Old Testament is on the Jewish people.
 EZR	1	1	3th4	figs-explicit	 וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנַ֣ת אַחַ֗ת לְ⁠כ֨וֹרֶשׁ֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס	1		The original Jewish readers of this book would have known that this is not a reference to the year when Cyrus first became king of the Persians. Rather, it is a reference to the later year when, by conquering Babylon, he became king over the Jews, since Babylon had previously conquered them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “During the first year after Cyrus, the king of Persia, conquered Babylon and became the ruler of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EZR	1	1	qvp1		 וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנַ֣ת אַחַ֗ת לְ⁠כ֨וֹרֶשׁ֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס	1		This expression could mean that sometime during the first year that he ruled over the Jews, Cyrus issued the decree that this verse describes. However, it could also mean that he issued this decree as soon as he became their ruler. Alternate translation: “As soon as Cyrus, the king of Persia, conquered Babylon and became the ruler of the Jews”
-EZR	1	1	p6b4	translate-ordinal	וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנַ֣ת אַחַ֗ת	1	In the first year	The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, “one,” but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, “first,” in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the first year.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+EZR	1	1	p6b4	translate-ordinal	וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנַ֣ת אַחַ֗ת	1	In the first year	The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **one**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, **first,** in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the first year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])<br><br>
 EZR	1	1	1ns6	translate-names	לְ⁠כ֨וֹרֶשׁ֙	1		This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EZR	1	1	xkd5	translate-names	פָּרַ֔ס	1		This is the name of an empire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	1	1	t5sz	figs-metonymy	דְּבַר־יְהוָ֖ה	1		Here “word” refers to the thing that Yahweh spoke about. Alternate translation: “the promise that Yahweh had made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+EZR	1	1	t5sz	figs-metonymy	דְּבַר־יְהוָ֖ה	1		Here, **word** refers to the thing that Yahweh spoke about. Alternate translation: “the promise that Yahweh had made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EZR	1	1	savk	figs-metonymy	דְּבַר־יְהוָ֖ה	1		What Yahweh had said specifically was that after seventy years in exile, the Jews would be allowed to return to their homeland. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise that Yahweh had made that after seventy years in exile, the Jews would be allowed to return to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EZR	1	1	l953	translate-names	יְהוָ֖ה	1	Yahweh	This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. It occurs many times in the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate it consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	1	1	y7r9	figs-metonymy	מִ⁠פִּ֣י יִרְמְיָ֑ה	1	by the mouth of Jeremiah	Here, “mouth” represents speaking. Alternate translation: “which Jeremiah spoke about” or “Jeremiah announced this promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EZR	1	1	fn3a	figs-synecdoche	הֵעִ֣יר יְהוָ֗ה אֶת־ר֨וּחַ֙ כֹּ֣רֶשׁ	1	Yahweh stirred the spirit of Cyrus	Here the book uses one part of Cyrus, his spirit, to represent all of him. Alternate translation: “Yahweh made Cyrus want to act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-EZR	1	1	4z5n	figs-metaphor	הֵעִ֣יר יְהוָ֗ה אֶת־ר֨וּחַ֙ כֹּ֣רֶשׁ	1		Here the book speaks figuratively of Yahweh causing Cyrus to act by saying that he “stirred up” his spirit, the way winds might stir up calm waters and make them move around. The meaning is that Yahweh directly influenced the heart and will of Cyrus to get him to do something. Alternate translation: “Yahweh made Cyrus want to act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	1	1	y7r9	figs-metonymy	מִ⁠פִּ֣י יִרְמְיָ֑ה	1	by the mouth of Jeremiah	Here, **mouth** represents speaking. Alternate translation: “which Jeremiah spoke about” or “Jeremiah announced this promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+EZR	1	1	fn3a	figs-synecdoche	הֵעִ֣יר יְהוָ֗ה אֶת־ר֨וּחַ֙ כֹּ֣רֶשׁ	1	Yahweh stirred the spirit of Cyrus	Here, the book uses one part of Cyrus, his spirit, to represent all of him. Alternate translation: “Yahweh made Cyrus want to act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+EZR	1	1	4z5n	figs-metaphor	הֵעִ֣יר יְהוָ֗ה אֶת־ר֨וּחַ֙ כֹּ֣רֶשׁ	1		Here, the book speaks figuratively of Yahweh causing Cyrus to act by saying that he **stirred up** his spirit, the way winds might stir up calm waters and make them move around. The meaning is that Yahweh directly influenced the heart and will of Cyrus to get him to do something. Alternate translation: “Yahweh made Cyrus want to act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	1	1	n59e	grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יַּֽעֲבֶר	1		This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-EZR	1	1	yiq4	figs-metonymy	וַ⁠יַּֽעֲבֶר־קוֹל֙ בְּ⁠כָל־מַלְכוּת֔⁠וֹ	1	his voice went out throughout all his kingdom	“He” means Cyrus. In this context, the “sound” is a voice speaking a message, and the voice figuratively represents the message that it speaks. But since the message could not travel by itself, ultimately the reference is to the messengers who delivered it. Alternate translation: “Cyrus sent messengers out to proclaim a decree everywhere in his empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EZR	1	1	x1wz	figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠גַם־בְּ⁠מִכְתָּ֖ב	1	what was written was spoken	Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. The meaning is, “Cyrus also put this decree in writing.” You could say that explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Cyrus also sent out written copies of the decree” or “Cyrus also had his scribes write down the decree in his official records” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-EZR	1	2	arwl	figs-informremind	יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם	1		Here Cyrus provides some background information to inform his subjects who Yahweh is. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God who is above all” or “Yahweh, the God who rules in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
-EZR	1	2	aqj5	figs-hyperbole	כֹּ֚ל מַמְלְכ֣וֹת הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	all the kingdoms of the earth	“All” is an exaggeration for emphasis. There were still some kingdoms on earth that Cyrus did not rule. However, he had conquered every other large empire in his part of the world that might have been a threat to him. Alternate translation: “has made me the unchallenged ruler over this entire land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+EZR	1	1	yiq4	figs-metonymy	וַ⁠יַּֽעֲבֶר־קוֹל֙ בְּ⁠כָל־מַלְכוּת֔⁠וֹ	1	his voice went out throughout all his kingdom	**He** means Cyrus. In this context, the **sound** is a voice speaking a message, and the voice figuratively represents the message that it speaks. But since the message could not travel by itself, ultimately the reference is to the messengers who delivered it. Alternate translation: “Cyrus sent messengers out to proclaim a decree everywhere in his empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br><br>
+EZR	1	1	x1wz	figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠גַם־בְּ⁠מִכְתָּ֖ב	1	what was written was spoken	Here, the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. The meaning is, **Cyrus also put this decree in writing.** You could say that explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Cyrus also sent out written copies of the decree” or “Cyrus also had his scribes write down the decree in his official records” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+EZR	1	2	arwl	figs-informremind	יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם	1		Here, Cyrus provides some background information to inform his subjects who Yahweh is. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God who is above all” or “Yahweh, the God who rules in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
+EZR	1	2	aqj5	figs-hyperbole	כֹּ֚ל מַמְלְכ֣וֹת הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	all the kingdoms of the earth	**All** is an exaggeration for emphasis. There were still some kingdoms on earth that Cyrus did not rule. However, he had conquered every other large empire in his part of the world that might have been a threat to him. Alternate translation: “has made me the unchallenged ruler over this entire land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 EZR	1	2	zb3e	figs-idiom	נָ֣תַן לִ֔⁠י	1		This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “has made me the ruler over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EZR	1	2	1cb6		לִ⁠בְנֽוֹת־ל֣⁠וֹ בַ֔יִת	1		Cyrus is not going to do the building personally. Rather, he means that he is giving the Jews, the people who worship Yahweh, permission and support to rebuild his temple, which the Babylonians had destroyed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to make it possible for the Jews, the people who worship him, to rebuild his temple”
-EZR	1	2	3apm	figs-metaphor	בַ֔יִת	1		“House” figuratively means a temple. Cyrus speaks of this temple as if it would be a house in which God lived, since God’s presence would be there. Alternate translation: “a temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EZR	1	2	i909	figs-informremind	בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּֽ⁠יהוּדָֽה׃	1		Here Cyrus provides some background information about the city where he wants the Jews to rebuild the temple of Yahweh, since many of the recipients of his message might not have known where Jerusalem was. Alternate translation: “in Jerusalem, the capital city of the province of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
+EZR	1	2	3apm	figs-metaphor	בַ֔יִת	1		**House** figuratively means a temple. Cyrus speaks of this temple as if it would be a house in which God lived, since God’s presence would be there. Alternate translation: “a temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	1	2	i909	figs-informremind	בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּֽ⁠יהוּדָֽה׃	1		Here, Cyrus provides some background information about the city where he wants the Jews to rebuild the temple of Yahweh, since many of the recipients of his message might not have known where Jerusalem was. Alternate translation: “in Jerusalem, the capital city of the province of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
 EZR	1	2	gmx4	translate-names	בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּֽ⁠יהוּדָֽה׃	1	for him a house…in Judah	Jerusalem is the name of a city, and Judah is the name of the province in which it was located. These names occur many times in the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate them consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	1	3	xf34	figs-explicit	מִֽי־בָ⁠כֶ֣ם מִ⁠כָּל־עַמּ֗⁠וֹ 	1	his people	“All” could possibly indicate that this decree envisions not only the people whom the Babylonians had taken into exile from the southern kingdom of Judah some decades before, and their descendants, but also any of the people whose ancestors the Assyrians had taken into exile from the northern kingdom of Israel nearly two centuries earlier. Cyrus now ruled over the territories to which both groups had been exiled. If any in the second group still had awareness and proof of their identity, and if they still wanted to honor and worship Yahweh, they could also return to Jerusalem and help rebuild the temple. (However, as verse [5] (../01/05.md) indicates, it was essentially Israelites from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin who actually did return.) Alternate translation: “Whoever is an Israelite, from any tribe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-EZR	1	3	1q6g	figs-idiom	יְהִ֤י אֱלֹהָי⁠ו֙ עִמּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠יַ֕עַל	1		Cyrus wishing that God will be “with” these Israelites is an idiom that expresses his wish that God would make their journey and the rebuilding project successful. Alternate translation: “May his God make him successful as he goes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-EZR	1	3	hz9g	figs-idiom	וְ⁠יַ֕עַל לִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם	1		Cyrus says “go up” because the Jews would have to travel from a river valley up into the mountains in order to return from their places of exile to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “let him return to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+EZR	1	3	xf34	figs-explicit	מִֽי־בָ⁠כֶ֣ם מִ⁠כָּל־עַמּ֗⁠וֹ 	1	his people	**All** could possibly indicate that this decree envisions not only the people whom the Babylonians had taken into exile from the southern kingdom of Judah some decades before, and their descendants, but also any of the people whose ancestors the Assyrians had taken into exile from the northern kingdom of Israel nearly two centuries earlier. Cyrus now ruled over the territories to which both groups had been exiled. If any in the second group still had awareness and proof of their identity, and if they still wanted to honor and worship Yahweh, they could also return to Jerusalem and help rebuild the temple. (However, as verse [5](../01/05.md) indicates, it was essentially Israelites from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin who actually did return.) Alternate translation: “Whoever is an Israelite, from any tribe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EZR	1	3	1q6g	figs-idiom	יְהִ֤י אֱלֹהָי⁠ו֙ עִמּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠יַ֕עַל	1		Cyrus wishing that God will be **with** these Israelites is an idiom that expresses his wish that God would make their journey and the rebuilding project successful. Alternate translation: “May his God make him successful as he goes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+EZR	1	3	hz9g	figs-idiom	וְ⁠יַ֕עַל לִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם	1		Cyrus says **go up** because the Jews would have to travel from a river valley up into the mountains in order to return from their places of exile to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “let him return to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EZR	1	3	k839	figs-informremind	לִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם אֲשֶׁ֣ר בִּ⁠יהוּדָ֑ה	1		Cyrus once again provides background information about the city. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem, in the province of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
-EZR	1	3	9xbj	figs-metaphor	בֵּ֤ית יְהוָה֙	1		“House” figuratively means a temple. Cyrus continues to speak of this temple as if it would be a house in which Yahweh lived, since Yahweh’s presence would be there. Alternate translation: “a temple for Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EZR	1	3	o6x4	figs-informremind	יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל ה֥וּא הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃	1		Here Cyrus provides further background information to inform his subjects who Yahweh is. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God whom the people of Israel worship, whose temple is in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
+EZR	1	3	9xbj	figs-metaphor	בֵּ֤ית יְהוָה֙	1		**House** figuratively means a temple. Cyrus continues to speak of this temple as if it would be a house in which Yahweh lived, since Yahweh’s presence would be there. Alternate translation: “a temple for Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	1	3	o6x4	figs-informremind	יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל ה֥וּא הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃	1		Here, Cyrus provides further background information to inform his subjects who Yahweh is. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God whom the people of Israel worship, whose temple is in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
 EZR	1	4	t7ux		וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠נִּשְׁאָ֗ר מִֽ⁠כָּל־הַ⁠מְּקֹמוֹת֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר ה֣וּא גָֽר־שָׁם֒ יְנַשְּׂא֨וּ⁠הוּ֙ אַנְשֵׁ֣י מְקֹמ֔⁠וֹ	1	Whoever survives in any place where he lives, let the people in that place help him	The structure of this sentence may present difficulties for some readers because the long phrase at the beginning actually describes who will receive the action, rather than who will do the action. To make things clearer for your readers, you could say first who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Let the people who live in any place where Jewish survivors are in exile help them”
-EZR	1	4	fr03	figs-idiom	 וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠נִּשְׁאָ֗ר	1		This phrase refers to any Israelite who is a surviving member of the group that was taken into exile, or who is a descendant of someone in that group. The word “remaining” refers to people who are “remaining” or “left over” from a larger group. In this context, that larger group is all of the Israelites who lived in the land of Judah before the Babylonians conquered it. Alternate translation: “any survivor of the Jews who were taken from their land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-EZR	1	4	vvzw	figs-idiom	מִֽ⁠כָּל־הַ⁠מְּקֹמוֹת֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר ה֣וּא גָֽר־שָׁם֒	1		“Sojourning” means living somewhere other than one’s native land. “He” means a Jew such as described in the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “in any of the places where a Jew may be living in exile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-EZR	1	4	uoep		אֲשֶׁ֣ר ה֣וּא גָֽר־שָׁם֒	1		Saying “where” and “there” together like this is a characteristic Hebrew construction, but it might represent an unnecessary duplication in your language. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could omit any translation of the word “there.”
-EZR	1	4	p5jk	figs-gendernotations	יְנַשְּׂא֨וּ⁠הוּ֙ אַנְשֵׁ֣י מְקֹמ֔⁠וֹ	1		It is likely that both women and men would have helped to gather the supplies listed in the rest of this verse to support the returning Jews. So the term “men” here probably includes both groups. Alternate translation: “the people of that place should help him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-EZR	1	4	d9rn	figs-idiom	יְנַשְּׂא֨וּ⁠הוּ֙	1		“Lift” here is an idiom that means “help.” Alternate translation: “help him by providing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+EZR	1	4	fr03	figs-idiom	 וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠נִּשְׁאָ֗ר	1		This phrase refers to any Israelite who is a surviving member of the group that was taken into exile, or who is a descendant of someone in that group. The word **remaining** refers to people who are **remaining** or **left over** from a larger group. In this context, that larger group is all of the Israelites who lived in the land of Judah before the Babylonians conquered it. Alternate translation: “any survivor of the Jews who were taken from their land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+EZR	1	4	vvzw	figs-idiom	מִֽ⁠כָּל־הַ⁠מְּקֹמוֹת֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר ה֣וּא גָֽר־שָׁם֒	1		**Sojourning** means living somewhere other than one’s native land. **He** means a Jew such as described in the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “in any of the places where a Jew may be living in exile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+EZR	1	4	uoep		אֲשֶׁ֣ר ה֣וּא גָֽר־שָׁם֒	1		Saying **where** and **there** together like this is a characteristic Hebrew construction, but it might represent an unnecessary duplication in your language. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could omit any translation of the word “there.”
+EZR	1	4	p5jk	figs-gendernotations	יְנַשְּׂא֨וּ⁠הוּ֙ אַנְשֵׁ֣י מְקֹמ֔⁠וֹ	1		It is likely that both women and men would have helped to gather the supplies listed in the rest of this verse to support the returning Jews. So the term **men** here probably includes both groups. Alternate translation: “the people of that place should help him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+EZR	1	4	d9rn	figs-idiom	יְנַשְּׂא֨וּ⁠הוּ֙	1		**Lift** here is an idiom that means **help**. Alternate translation: “help him by providing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EZR	1	4	f6tk	figs-explicit	הַ֨⁠נְּדָבָ֔ה	1		The book expects readers to know that these would be extra gifts, beyond the necessities already listed. They might include money to help rebuild the temple and vessels to be used in the temple, such as the ones listed in verses [7–11] (../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “any extra gifts they want to give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-EZR	1	4	swvz	figs-metaphor	לְ⁠בֵ֥ית הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃	1		“House” figuratively means a temple. Cyrus continues to speak of this temple as if it would be a house in which God lived, since God’s presence would be there. The book repeatedly uses the expressions “house,” “house of God,” and “house of Yahweh” to mean the temple in Jerusalem. It will be helpful to your readers if you translate these expressions consistently every time. Alternate translation: “the temple that the Jews will rebuild for God in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	1	4	swvz	figs-metaphor	לְ⁠בֵ֥ית הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃	1		**House** figuratively means a temple. Cyrus continues to speak of this temple as if it would be a house in which God lived, since God’s presence would be there. The book repeatedly uses the expressions **house**, **house of God**, and **house of Yahweh** to mean the temple in Jerusalem. It will be helpful to your readers if you translate these expressions consistently every time. Alternate translation: “the temple that the Jews will rebuild for God in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	1	5	i39z	grammar-connect-logic-result	 וַ⁠יָּק֜וּמוּ	1		This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous verses have described. Alternate translation: “In response to this decree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-EZR	1	5	9gd0	figs-ellipsis	רָאשֵׁ֣י הָ⁠אָב֗וֹת	1		This is an abbreviated way of saying “the heads of father’s houses.” Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-EZR	1	5	v371		רָאשֵׁ֣י הָ⁠אָב֗וֹת	1		Among the Israelites, the expression “father’s house” or “house of the father” originally described an extended-family group. It later came to be used more generally to refer to a larger clan within a tribe. In this expression, the word “house” (which does not appear in the abbreviated version here) figuratively describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” 
-EZR	1	5	bezo	figs-metaphor	רָאשֵׁ֣י	1		Here “head” is a figurative way of saying “leader.” Alternate translation: “leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	1	5	9gd0	figs-ellipsis	רָאשֵׁ֣י הָ⁠אָב֗וֹת	1		This is an abbreviated way of saying **the heads of father’s houses**. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+EZR	1	5	v371		רָאשֵׁ֣י הָ⁠אָב֗וֹת	1		Among the Israelites, the expression **father’s house** or **house of the father** originally described an extended-family group. It later came to be used more generally to refer to a larger clan within a tribe. In this expression, the word **house** (which does not appear in the abbreviated version here) figuratively describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” 
+EZR	1	5	bezo	figs-metaphor	רָאשֵׁ֣י	1		Here, **head** is a figurative way of saying **leader**. Alternate translation: “leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	1	5	rt3n	translate-names	לִֽ⁠יהוּדָה֙ וּ⁠בִנְיָמִ֔ן	1		These are the names of two of the tribes of Israel. Alternate translation: “of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	1	5	s2yg	figs-metaphor	לְ⁠כֹ֨ל הֵעִ֤יר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶת־רוּח֔⁠וֹ	1	with everyone whose spirit God had stirred up to go up	Here the book again speaks figuratively of God causing people to act by saying that he “stirred up” their spirits, the way winds might stir up calm waters and get them to move around. The meaning is that God directly influenced the hearts and wills of these clan leaders to get them to do something. Alternate translation: “all those whom God had led to act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EZR	1	5	ywuq	figs-idiom	לַ⁠עֲל֣וֹת	1		In this context, the term “arise” means to take action to get an enterprise under way. It does not indicate that these leaders had been sitting or lying down and that they stood up. Alternate translation: “started making preparations to travel to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-EZR	1	6	2hv7	figs-hyperbole	וְ⁠כָל־סְבִיבֹֽתֵי⁠הֶם֙	1		“All” is an exaggeration for emphasis. Every person who lived near a returning Jew did not necessarily provide support. But the expression indicates that the Jews received very generous support from many of their neighbors. Alternate translation: “the people of their communities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-EZR	1	6	wwg6	figs-metaphor	חִזְּק֣וּ בִֽ⁠ידֵי⁠הֶ֔ם	1	strengthened their hands	Here “hand” figuratively represents strength and power. This expression means that the neighbors of the Jews gave them greater capacity to act and fulfill their project by supplying them with the items listed. Alternate translation: “helped them by giving them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EZR	1	6	sc2n		לְ⁠בַ֖ד עַל־כָּל־הִתְנַדֵּֽב׃	1		This is a reference to the “freewill offerings” that are also mentioned in verse [4] (../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “In addition, the people freely gave extra gifts”
-EZR	1	7	bt1u	figs-explicit	כְּלֵ֣י בֵית־יְהוָ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר הוֹצִ֤יא נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּר֙ מִ⁠יר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם וַֽ⁠יִּתְּנֵ֖⁠ם בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלֹהָֽי⁠ו׃	1		“Vessels” refers to the bowls, basins, and other objects that are listed in verses [9] (../01/09.md) and [10] (../01/10.md). The book assumes that readers will know that this verse is describing how Nebuchadnezzar, the king of Babylon, took these items from the temple in Jerusalem and then put them, as trophies of conquest, in a temple devoted to his own gods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the objects from the temple of Yahweh that Nebuchadnezzar, the king of Babylon, had taken away from Jerusalem when he captured that city and put in the temple of his own gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EZR	1	5	s2yg	figs-metaphor	לְ⁠כֹ֨ל הֵעִ֤יר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶת־רוּח֔⁠וֹ	1	with everyone whose spirit God had stirred up to go up	Here, the book again speaks figuratively of God causing people to act by saying that he **stirred up** their spirits, the way winds might stir up calm waters and get them to move around. The meaning is that God directly influenced the hearts and wills of these clan leaders to get them to do something. Alternate translation: “all those whom God had led to act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	1	5	ywuq	figs-idiom	לַ⁠עֲל֣וֹת	1		In this context, the term **arise** means to take action to get an enterprise under way. It does not indicate that these leaders had been sitting or lying down and that they stood up. Alternate translation: “started making preparations to travel to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+EZR	1	6	2hv7	figs-hyperbole	וְ⁠כָל־סְבִיבֹֽתֵי⁠הֶם֙	1		**All** is an exaggeration for emphasis. Every person who lived near a returning Jew did not necessarily provide support. But the expression indicates that the Jews received very generous support from many of their neighbors. Alternate translation: “the people of their communities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+EZR	1	6	wwg6	figs-metaphor	חִזְּק֣וּ בִֽ⁠ידֵי⁠הֶ֔ם	1	strengthened their hands	Here, **hand** figuratively represents strength and power. This expression means that the neighbors of the Jews gave them greater capacity to act and fulfill their project by supplying them with the items listed. Alternate translation: “helped them by giving them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	1	6	sc2n		לְ⁠בַ֖ד עַל־כָּל־הִתְנַדֵּֽב׃	1		This is a reference to the **freewill offerings** that are also mentioned in verse [4] (../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “In addition, the people freely gave extra gifts”
+EZR	1	7	bt1u	figs-explicit	כְּלֵ֣י בֵית־יְהוָ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר הוֹצִ֤יא נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּר֙ מִ⁠יר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם וַֽ⁠יִּתְּנֵ֖⁠ם בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלֹהָֽי⁠ו׃	1		**Vessels** refers to the bowls, basins, and other objects that are listed in verses [9] (../01/09.md) and [10] (../01/10.md). The book assumes that readers will know that this verse is describing how Nebuchadnezzar, the king of Babylon, took these items from the temple in Jerusalem and then put them, as trophies of conquest, in a temple devoted to his own gods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the objects from the temple of Yahweh that Nebuchadnezzar, the king of Babylon, had taken away from Jerusalem when he captured that city and put in the temple of his own gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EZR	1	7	bwol	translate-names	נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּר֙	1		This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	1	8	emq3	figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יּֽוֹצִיאֵ֗⁠ם כּ֚וֹרֶשׁ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס עַל־יַ֖ד מִתְרְדָ֣ת	1		Here “hand” figuratively represents control and action. The expression means that Mithredath did this at the command of Cyrus and on his behalf. Alternate translation: “King Cyrus of Persia had his treasurer Mithredath bring them out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	1	8	emq3	figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יּֽוֹצִיאֵ֗⁠ם כּ֚וֹרֶשׁ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס עַל־יַ֖ד מִתְרְדָ֣ת	1		Here, **hand** figuratively represents control and action. The expression means that Mithredath did this at the command of Cyrus and on his behalf. Alternate translation: “King Cyrus of Persia had his treasurer Mithredath bring them out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	1	8	832q	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יּֽוֹצִיאֵ֗⁠ם כּ֚וֹרֶשׁ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס עַל־יַ֖ד מִתְרְדָ֣ת	1		The implication is that these vessels had remained in the temple where Nebuchadnezzar had put them, and so Mithredath brought them out from there. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Cyrus of Persia had his treasurer Mithredath bring these vessels out from the temple where Nebuchadnezzar had put them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EZR	1	8	m5w3	translate-names	מִתְרְדָ֣ת	1	Mithredath…Sheshbazzar	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EZR	1	8	wc54	translate-unknown	הַ⁠גִּזְבָּ֑ר	1	brought them out by the hand of Mithredath the treasurer	This term describes the office of a person responsible for all the valuable possessions of a monarch and for the places where they are stored safely. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-EZR	1	8	w8rk	figs-idiom	וַֽ⁠יִּסְפְּרֵ⁠ם֙ לְ⁠שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֔ר	1	treasurer	“He” means Mithredath, and “them” means the objects for the temple. This expression means that Mithredath not only gave Sheshbazzar the objects, he also gave him a detailed accounting of how many there were of each kind, as recorded in verses [9] (../01/09.md) and [10] (../01/10.md). This likely does not mean that Mithredath handed Sheshbazzar the objects one at a time while announcing the number of each one. Alternate translation: “Mithredath turned them over to Sheshbazzar along with a detailed list of them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+EZR	1	8	w8rk	figs-idiom	וַֽ⁠יִּסְפְּרֵ⁠ם֙ לְ⁠שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֔ר	1	treasurer	**He** means Mithredath, and **them** means the objects for the temple. This expression means that Mithredath not only gave Sheshbazzar the objects, he also gave him a detailed accounting of how many there were of each kind, as recorded in verses [9] (../01/09.md) and [10] (../01/10.md). This likely does not mean that Mithredath handed Sheshbazzar the objects one at a time while announcing the number of each one. Alternate translation: “Mithredath turned them over to Sheshbazzar along with a detailed list of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EZR	1	8	xkar	translate-names	לְ⁠שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֔ר	1		This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EZR	1	8	wb5a	translate-names	לְ⁠שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֔ר	1		This leader of the first group of exiles to return to Judah, who is called Sheshbazzar here and in [1:11] (../01/11.md), [5:14] (../05/14.md), and [5:16] (../05/16.md), seems to be the same person who is called Zerubbabel in the rest of the book. The reason for the difference in names is not clear. Some interpreters suggest that he was known as Sheshbazzar in the Persian court and that he used the name Zerubbabel as governor of Judah. It would probably be best simply to translate both names consistently where they appear without calling attention to the difference and trying to explain it, since there is no clear and generally accepted explanation for it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EZR	1	8	qsti		הַ⁠נָּשִׂ֖יא לִ⁠יהוּדָֽה׃	1		The book says in [5:14] (../05/14.md) that Cyrus appointed Sheshbazzar to be the governor of the province of Judah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use that phrase to describe him here. Alternate translation: “the governor of the province of Judah”
-EZR	1	9	hu9c	figs-idiom	 וְ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה מִסְפָּרָ֑⁠ם	1	General Information:	This expression means, “This is how many there were of each kind of utensil.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+EZR	1	9	hu9c	figs-idiom	 וְ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה מִסְפָּרָ֑⁠ם	1	General Information:	This expression means, **This is how many there were of each kind of utensil** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EZR	1	10	ja6u		כְּפ֤וֹרֵי כֶ֨סֶף֙ מִשְׁנִ֔ים	1	bowls	This means that these bowls were a different type of bowl than the gold ones just mentioned. It does not mean that the silver was of a different type than the silver in the basins described in verse [9] (../01/09.md).
-EZR	1	11	z55f		כָּל־כֵּלִים֙ לַ⁠זָּהָ֣ב וְ⁠לַ⁠כֶּ֔סֶף חֲמֵ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֣ע מֵא֑וֹת	1	5400	This expression means, “The total number of these gold and silver objects was 5,400.” Verses [9] (../01/09.md) and [10] (../01/10.md) actually list only 2,499 items, and it is not clear why the numbers are different. The explanation does not seem to be that the total here includes other miscellaneous items, because the last item on the list itself is “other vessels.” It would probably be best simply to report this total without calling attention to the difference and trying to explain it, since there is no clear reason for it.
-EZR	1	11	i30r	figs-idiom	הַ⁠כֹּ֞ל הֶעֱלָ֣ה שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֗ר עִ֚ם הֵעָל֣וֹת הַ⁠גּוֹלָ֔ה מִ⁠בָּבֶ֖ל לִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃	1		Like the similar expression in verse [3] (../01/03.md), here the book says “brought up” and “going up” because the Jews had to travel from a river valley up into the mountains to return from exile to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Sheshbazzar brought all these vessels along when he traveled to Jerusalem with the group of Jews who had been taken away from their homeland but who were now returning from Babylon to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-EZR	1	11	2t84	figs-abstractnouns	הַ⁠גּוֹלָ֔ה	1		The abstract noun “exiles” refers in this context to the community of Jews who were living in Babylon because the Babylonians had relocated them away from their homeland when they conquered Jerusalem. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the group of Jews who had been taken away from their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EZR	1	11	z55f		כָּל־כֵּלִים֙ לַ⁠זָּהָ֣ב וְ⁠לַ⁠כֶּ֔סֶף חֲמֵ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֣ע מֵא֑וֹת	1	5400	This expression means, **The total number of these gold and silver objects was 5,400**. Verses [9] (../01/09.md) and [10] (../01/10.md) actually list only 2,499 items, and it is not clear why the numbers are different. The explanation does not seem to be that the total here includes other miscellaneous items, because the last item on the list itself is **other vessels.** It would probably be best simply to report this total without calling attention to the difference and trying to explain it, since there is no clear reason for it.
+EZR	1	11	i30r	figs-idiom	הַ⁠כֹּ֞ל הֶעֱלָ֣ה שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֗ר עִ֚ם הֵעָל֣וֹת הַ⁠גּוֹלָ֔ה מִ⁠בָּבֶ֖ל לִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃	1		Like the similar expression in verse [3] (../01/03.md), here the book says **brought up** and **going up**  because the Jews had to travel from a river valley up into the mountains to return from exile to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Sheshbazzar brought all these vessels along when he traveled to Jerusalem with the group of Jews who had been taken away from their homeland but who were now returning from Babylon to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+EZR	1	11	2t84	figs-abstractnouns	הַ⁠גּוֹלָ֔ה	1		The abstract noun **exiles** refers in this context to the community of Jews who were living in Babylon because the Babylonians had relocated them away from their homeland when they conquered Jerusalem. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the group of Jews who had been taken away from their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EZR	1	11	fi2e	translate-names	מִ⁠בָּבֶ֖ל	1		This is the name of a city. The book also uses this name for the empire that was once ruled from that city, and for the region that had been at the heart of this empire that became a province in the Persian Empire. The name occurs many times in the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate it consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EZR	2	intro	rr42			0		# Ezra 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Genealogy<br>People had to prove they were priests, or that they were Jews, through their genealogies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
-EZR	2	1	ezk9	figs-personification	בְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠מְּדִינָ֗ה	0	General Information:	The book speaks figuratively here of the province of Judah as if it were the ancestor of all the Jews who had come from there there. Alternate translation: “the people from the province of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-EZR	2	1	ponw	figs-metonymy	הַ⁠מְּדִינָ֗ה	0		“The province” means the province of Judah. The document is referring to Judah by something associated with it, its status as a province. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EZR	2	1	byc2	figs-idiom	הָֽ⁠עֹלִים֙	1	went up	“Went up” means “traveled from Babylon back to Judah,” since that involves going from a river valley up into the mountains. Alternate translation: “who returned to Judah from Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-EZR	2	1	czrg	figs-abstractnouns	מִ⁠שְּׁבִ֣י הַ⁠גּוֹלָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר הֶגְלָ֛ה נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר מֶֽלֶךְ־בָּבֶ֖ל לְ⁠בָבֶ֑ל	1		The abstract nouns “captivity” and “exiles” refer to the way Nebuchadnezzar took these people prisoner and transported them away from their homeland. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind these terms with verbs. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar, the king of Babylon, had taken their ancestors prisoner and transported them to Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-EZR	2	1	evx5	figs-idiom	אִ֥ישׁ לְ⁠עִירֽ⁠וֹ׃	1		Here “a man” means “each one” or “each person” Alternate translation: “They went to live in the same towns where their families had lived before.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+EZR	2	1	ezk9	figs-personification	בְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠מְּדִינָ֗ה	0	General Information:	The book speaks figuratively here of the province of Judah as if it were the ancestor of all the Jews who had come from there. Alternate translation: “the people from the province of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+EZR	2	1	ponw	figs-metonymy	הַ⁠מְּדִינָ֗ה	0		**The province** means the province of Judah. The document is referring to Judah by something associated with it, its status as a province. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+EZR	2	1	byc2	figs-idiom	הָֽ⁠עֹלִים֙	1	went up	**Went up** means **traveled from Babylon back to Judah**, since that involves going from a river valley up into the mountains. Alternate translation: “who returned to Judah from Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+EZR	2	1	czrg	figs-abstractnouns	מִ⁠שְּׁבִ֣י הַ⁠גּוֹלָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר הֶגְלָ֛ה נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר מֶֽלֶךְ־בָּבֶ֖ל לְ⁠בָבֶ֑ל	1		The abstract nouns **captivity** and **exiles** refer to the way Nebuchadnezzar took these people prisoner and transported them away from their homeland. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind these terms with verbs. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar, the king of Babylon, had taken their ancestors prisoner and transported them to Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EZR	2	1	evx5	figs-idiom	אִ֥ישׁ לְ⁠עִירֽ⁠וֹ׃	1		Here, **a man** means **each one** or **each person**. Alternate translation: “They went to live in the same towns where their families had lived before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EZR	2	2	0xt0		אֲשֶׁר־בָּ֣אוּ עִם	1		This phrase introduces a list of the men who led this group back to Judah. Alternate translation: “The leaders of this group were”
 EZR	2	2	tmp8	translate-names	זְרֻבָּבֶ֗ל יֵשׁ֡וּעַ נְ֠חֶמְיָה שְׂרָיָ֨ה רְֽעֵלָיָ֜ה מָרְדֳּכַ֥י בִּלְשָׁ֛ן מִסְפָּ֥ר בִּגְוַ֖י רְח֣וּם בַּעֲנָ֑ה	1	Seraiah, Reelaiah, Mordecai, Bilshan, Mispar, Bigvai, Rehum, and Baanah	These are the names of twelve men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EZR	2	2	z77p		מִסְפַּ֕ר אַנְשֵׁ֖י עַ֥ם יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃	1	This is the number	In keeping with the practices of the time, the totals in list that follows likely include just the men and not also the women and children. Alternate translation: “This is how many men came back from each Israelite clan and town”
-EZR	2	3	i2m7		בְּנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔שׁ אַלְפַּ֕יִם מֵאָ֖ה שִׁבְעִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁנָֽיִם׃	0	General Information:	This means, “From the descendants of Parosh, 2,172 returned.” To help make this clear for your readers, you could say something like “returned” throughout verses [3–42] (../02/03.md), after the name of each group and the number that is given.
-EZR	2	3	gmbm	figs-metaphor	 בְּנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔שׁ	0		“Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Parosh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	3	i2m7		בְּנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔שׁ אַלְפַּ֕יִם מֵאָ֖ה שִׁבְעִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁנָֽיִם׃	0	General Information:	This means, **From the descendants of Parosh, 2,172 returned**. To help make this clear for your readers, you could say something like **returned** throughout verses [3–42] (../02/03.md), after the name of each group and the number that is given.
+EZR	2	3	gmbm	figs-metaphor	 בְּנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔שׁ	0		**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Parosh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	2	3	zew1	translate-names	פַרְעֹ֔שׁ	1	Parosh	Parosh is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	2	4	xs2j	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה	1		“Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Shephatiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	4	xs2j	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה	1		**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Shephatiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	2	4	zhh6	translate-names	שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה	1	Shephatiah	Shephatiah is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	2	5	d4gc	figs-metaphor	 בְּנֵ֣י אָרַ֔ח	1		“Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Arah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	5	d4gc	figs-metaphor	 בְּנֵ֣י אָרַ֔ח	1		**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Arah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	2	5	inj3	translate-names	אָרַ֔ח	1	Arah	Arah is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	2	6	qyea	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵֽי־פַחַ֥ת מוֹאָ֛ב לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יֵשׁ֖וּעַ יוֹאָ֑ב	1		“Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Pahath-Moab who were descendants of Jeshua and Joab” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	6	qyea	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵֽי־פַחַ֥ת מוֹאָ֛ב לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יֵשׁ֖וּעַ יוֹאָ֑ב	1		**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	2	6	fw6a	translate-names	פַחַ֥ת מוֹאָ֛ב…יֵשׁ֖וּעַ	1	Pahath-Moab…Jeshua	Pahath-Moab is the name of a man, and Jeshua and Joab are the names of two of his descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	2	7	a6df		בְּנֵ֣י עֵילָ֔ם	1	General Information:	“Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	7	a6df		בְּנֵ֣י עֵילָ֔ם	1	General Information:	**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	2	7	ytv9	translate-names	עֵילָ֔ם	1		Elam is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	2	8	ryuy	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י זַתּ֔וּא	1		“Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Zattu” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	8	ryuy	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י זַתּ֔וּא	1		**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Zattu” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	2	8	d53m	translate-names	זַתּ֔וּא	1	Zattu	Zattu is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	2	9	1bic	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י	1		“Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Zakkai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	9	1bic	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י	1		**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Zakkai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	2	9	da7k	translate-names	זַכָּ֔י	1	Zakkai	Zakkai is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	2	10	fo1t	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י בָנִ֔י	1		“Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Bani” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	10	fo1t	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י בָנִ֔י	1		**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Bani” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	2	10	jcd8	translate-names	בָנִ֔י	1	Bani	Bani is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	2	11	ak1t	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י בֵבָ֔י	0	General Information:	“Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Bebai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	11	ak1t	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י בֵבָ֔י	0	General Information:	**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Bebai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	2	11	h16w	translate-names	בֵבָ֔י	1	Bebai	Bebai is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	2	12	bhyt	figs-metaphor	 בְּנֵ֣י עַזְגָּ֔ד	1		“Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Azgad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	12	bhyt	figs-metaphor	 בְּנֵ֣י עַזְגָּ֔ד	1		**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Azgad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	2	12	rxn6	translate-names	עַזְגָּ֔ד	1	Azgad	Azgad is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	2	13	yr6e	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי֙ אֲדֹ֣נִיקָ֔ם	1		“Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Adonikam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	13	yr6e	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי֙ אֲדֹ֣נִיקָ֔ם	1		**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Adonikam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	2	13	uzn6	translate-names	אֲדֹ֣נִיקָ֔ם	1	Adonikam	Adonikam is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	2	14	9tzp	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י בִגְוָ֔י	1		“Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Bigvai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	14	9tzp	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י בִגְוָ֔י	1		**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Bigvai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	2	14	qkv6	translate-names	בִגְוָ֔י	1	Bigvai	Bigvai is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	2	15	u5zk	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י עָדִ֔ין	0	General Information:	“Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Adin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	15	u5zk	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י עָדִ֔ין	0	General Information:	**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Adin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	2	15	it7t	translate-names	עָדִ֔ין	1	Adin	Adin is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	2	16	kk2c	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵֽי־אָטֵ֥ר	1	ninety-eight	“Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Ater who were descendants of Hezekiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	16	kk2c	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵֽי־אָטֵ֥ר	1	ninety-eight	**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Ater who were descendants of Hezekiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	2	16	vui3	translate-names	אָטֵ֥ר לִֽ⁠יחִזְקִיָּ֖ה	1	Ater	Ater is the name of a man, and Hezekiah is the name of one of his descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	2	17	2o8d	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י בֵצָ֔י	1		“Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Bezai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	17	2o8d	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י בֵצָ֔י	1		**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Bezai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	2	17	t3k5	translate-names	בֵצָ֔י	1	Bezai	Bezai is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	2	18	ghnw	figs-metaphor	 בְּנֵ֣י יוֹרָ֔ה	1		“Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Jorah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	18	ghnw	figs-metaphor	 בְּנֵ֣י יוֹרָ֔ה	1		**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Jorah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	2	18	k95c	translate-names	יוֹרָ֔ה	1		Jorah is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	2	19	i6kg	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י חָשֻׁ֔ם	0	General Information:	“Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Hashum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	19	i6kg	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י חָשֻׁ֔ם	0	General Information:	**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Hashum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	2	19	j9nm	translate-names	חָשֻׁ֔ם	1	Hashum	Hashum is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	2	20	r5bq	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֥י גִבָּ֖ר	1	Gibbar	“Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Gibbar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	20	r5bq	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֥י גִבָּ֖ר	1	Gibbar	**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Gibbar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	2	20	g26q	translate-names	גִבָּ֖ר	1	ninety-five	Gibbar is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EZR	2	21	iu4s	figs-personification	בְּנֵ֣י בֵֽית־לָ֔חֶם מֵאָ֖ה עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁלֹשָֽׁה׃	1	The sons of Bethlehem	The list speaks here of the town of Bethlehem as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Bethlehem, 123 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 EZR	2	21	j7z9	translate-names	בֵֽית־לָ֔חֶם	1		Bethlehem is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -135,307 +135,307 @@ EZR	2	34	pt5k	translate-names	יְרֵח֔וֹ	0	General Information:	Jericho is
 EZR	2	35	frxs	figs-personification	בְּנֵ֣י סְנָאָ֔ה	1		The list speaks here of the town of Senaah as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Senaah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 EZR	2	35	ce4j	translate-names	סְנָאָ֔ה	1	Senaah	Senaah is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EZR	2	36	c52r		הַֽ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֑ים	0	General Information:	A priest was someone who was chosen to offer sacrifices to God on behalf of God’s people, and to perform other duties and functions to represent God to the people and to represent the people to God. Alternate translation: “This is how many men returned from each family of priests”
-EZR	2	36	xd3k	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֤י יְדַֽעְיָה֙ לְ⁠בֵ֣ית יֵשׁ֔וּעַ תְּשַׁ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שִׁבְעִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁלֹשָֽׁה׃	1	Jedaiah	“Sons” figuratively means “descendants” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Jedaiah who were descendants of Jeshua, 973 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	36	xd3k	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֤י יְדַֽעְיָה֙ לְ⁠בֵ֣ית יֵשׁ֔וּעַ תְּשַׁ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שִׁבְעִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁלֹשָֽׁה׃	1	Jedaiah	**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Jedaiah who were descendants of Jeshua, 973 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	2	36	m352	translate-names	יְדַֽעְיָה֙ ... יֵשׁ֔וּעַ	1	Jeshua	Jedaiah is the name of a man, and Jeshua is the name of one of his descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 
-EZR	2	36	151b	figs-metonymy	לְ⁠בֵ֣ית יֵשׁ֔וּעַ	1		Here, the word “house” describes all the people descended from a particular person. The document is describing all of the descendants of Jeshua figuratively as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “who were descendants of Jeshua” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EZR	2	37	0auy	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י אִמֵּ֔ר	1		“Sons” figuratively means “descendants” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Immer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	36	151b	figs-metonymy	לְ⁠בֵ֣ית יֵשׁ֔וּעַ	1		Here, the word **house** describes all the people descended from a particular person. The document is describing all of the descendants of Jeshua figuratively as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “who were descendants of Jeshua” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+EZR	2	37	0auy	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י אִמֵּ֔ר	1		**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Immer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	2	37	u9p4	translate-names	אִמֵּ֔ר	1		Immer is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	2	38	fvt0	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י פַשְׁח֔וּר	1		“Sons” figuratively means “descendants” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Pashhur” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	38	fvt0	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י פַשְׁח֔וּר	1		**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Pashhur” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	2	38	23dr	translate-names	פַשְׁח֔וּר	1		Pashhur is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	2	39	jzxo	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י חָרִ֔ם	1		“Sons” figuratively means “descendants” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Harim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	39	jzxo	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י חָרִ֔ם	1		**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Harim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	2	39	g31h	translate-names	חָרִ֔ם	1	Harim	Harim is the name of a man. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Harim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	2	40	tm51	translate-unknown	הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֑ם	0	General Information:	The Levites were descendants of Levi. They had the special assignment of helping the priests. Alternate translation: “Some Levites also returned” or “Some of the descendants of Levi also returned.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-EZR	2	40	vug8	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־יֵשׁ֧וּעַ וְ⁠קַדְמִיאֵ֛ל לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י הוֹדַוְיָ֖ה	1	Kadmiel…Hodaviah	“Sons” figuratively means “descendants” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Jeshua and Kadmiel, who were descended from Hodevah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	40	tm51	translate-unknown	הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֑ם	0	General Information:	The Levites were descendants of Levi. They had the special assignment of helping the priests. Alternate translation: “Some Levites also returned” or “Some of the descendants of Levi also returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+EZR	2	40	vug8	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־יֵשׁ֧וּעַ וְ⁠קַדְמִיאֵ֛ל לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י הוֹדַוְיָ֖ה	1	Kadmiel…Hodaviah	**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Jeshua and Kadmiel, who were descended from Hodevah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	2	40	yu1j	translate-names	יֵשׁ֧וּעַ וְ⁠קַדְמִיאֵ֛ל ... הוֹדַוְיָ֖ה	1	seventy-four	Jeshua and Kadmiel are men’s names, and Hodevah is the name of their ancestor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EZR	2	41	t56r	translate-unknown	הַֽ⁠מְשֹׁרְרִ֑ים	1		This term refers to vocal musicians who led in worship, in processions, and ceremonies, producing music and chants that emphasized and enhanced the occasion. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-EZR	2	41	th1l	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י אָסָ֔ף	1		“Sons” figuratively means “descendants” Alternate translation: “who were descendants of Asaph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	41	th1l	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י אָסָ֔ף	1		**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “who were descendants of Asaph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	2	41	wkzb	translate-names	אָסָ֔ף	1		Asaph is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	2	42	3no0	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠שֹּֽׁעֲרִ֗ים	1		“Sons” figuratively means “descendants” Alternate translation: “Some of the descendants of the gatekeepers also returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	42	3no0	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠שֹּֽׁעֲרִ֗ים	1		**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “Some of the descendants of the gatekeepers also returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	2	42	i72w	translate-unknown	הַ⁠שֹּֽׁעֲרִ֗ים	1	gatekeepers	This term refers to people who had been assigned to the gates of the city Jerusalem and of the temple within the city. They were responsible for controlling access to these places. They would open and close the gates at times and for reasons set by the authorities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-EZR	2	42	imn8	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־שַׁלּ֤וּם בְּנֵֽי־אָטֵר֙ בְּנֵי־טַלְמ֣וֹן בְּנֵי־עַקּ֔וּב בְּנֵ֥י חֲטִיטָ֖א בְּנֵ֣י שֹׁבָ֑י	1	Shallum…Talmon…Akkub…Hatita…Shobai	“Sons” figuratively means “descendants” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Shallum, Ater, Talmon, Akkub, Hatita, and Shobai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	42	imn8	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־שַׁלּ֤וּם בְּנֵֽי־אָטֵר֙ בְּנֵי־טַלְמ֣וֹן בְּנֵי־עַקּ֔וּב בְּנֵ֥י חֲטִיטָ֖א בְּנֵ֣י שֹׁבָ֑י	1	Shallum…Talmon…Akkub…Hatita…Shobai	**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Shallum, Ater, Talmon, Akkub, Hatita, and Shobai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	2	42	lyb8	translate-names	שַׁלּ֤וּם ... אָטֵר֙ ... טַלְמ֣וֹן ... עַקּ֔וּב ... חֲטִיטָ֖א ... שֹׁבָ֑י	1	Ater	These are the names of six men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	2	43	fhw8	translate-unknown	הַ⁠נְּתִינִ֑ים	0	General Information:	The term “Nethinim” describes servants who worked in the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+EZR	2	43	fhw8	translate-unknown	הַ⁠נְּתִינִ֑ים	0	General Information:	The term **Nethinim** describes servants who worked in the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EZR	2	43	nt2x		הַ⁠נְּתִינִ֑ים	0		Alternate translation: “Some of the descendants of the temple servants also returned”
-EZR	2	43	m9ay	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־צִיחָ֥א בְנֵי־חֲשׂוּפָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י טַבָּעֽוֹת׃	0		“Sons” figuratively means “descendants” Alternate translation: “They were from the descendants of Ziha, Hasupha, Tabbaoth,” beginning a series that will continue through verse [54] (../02/54.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	43	m9ay	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־צִיחָ֥א בְנֵי־חֲשׂוּפָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י טַבָּעֽוֹת׃	0		**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “They were from the descendants of Ziha, Hasupha, Tabbaoth,” beginning a series that will continue through verse [54] (../02/54.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	2	43	tx4y	translate-names	צִיחָ֥א…חֲשׂוּפָ֖א…טַבָּעֽוֹת	1	Ziha…Hasupha…Tabbaoth	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	2	44	vl6i	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־קֵרֹ֥ס בְּֽנֵי־סִֽיעֲהָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י פָדֽוֹן׃<br><br><br><br>	1	Keros…Siaha…Padon	“Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from verse [43] (../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Keros, Siaha, Padon,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EZR	2	45	b5nu	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־לְבָנָ֥ה בְנֵי־חֲגָבָ֖ה בְּנֵ֥י עַקּֽוּב׃	1	Lebanah…Hagabah	“Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from verse [43] (../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Lebanah, Hagabah, Akkub,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EZR	2	46	qx4z	translate-names	בְּנֵי־חָגָ֥ב בְּנֵי־שַׁלְמַ֖י בְּנֵ֥י חָנָֽן׃	1	Hagab…Shalmai…Hanan	“Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from verse [43] (../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Hagab, Shalmai, Hanan,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	2	47	qg3y	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־גִדֵּ֥ל בְּנֵי־גַ֖חַר בְּנֵ֥י רְאָיָֽה׃	0	General Information:	“Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from verse [43] (../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Giddel, Gahar, Reaiah,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>
-EZR	2	48	hw0m	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־רְצִ֥ין בְּנֵי־נְקוֹדָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י גַזָּֽם׃	0		“Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from verse [43] (../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Rezin, Nekoda, Gazzam,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EZR	2	49	csjh	figs-metaphor	 בְּנֵי־עֻזָּ֥א בְנֵי־פָסֵ֖חַ בְּנֵ֥י בֵסָֽי׃	0		“Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from verse [43] (../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Uzza, Paseah, Besai,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EZR	2	50	pxdj	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־אַסְנָ֥ה בְנֵי־מְעוּנִ֖ים בְּנֵ֥י נפיסים׃	0		“Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from verse [43] (../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Asnah, Meunim, Nephusim,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EZR	2	51	fd31	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־בַקְבּ֥וּק בְּנֵי־חֲקוּפָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י חַרְחֽוּר׃	0	General Information:	“Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from verse [43] (../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Bakbuk, Hakupha, Harhur,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EZR	2	52	8oav	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־בַצְל֥וּת בְּנֵי־מְחִידָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י חַרְשָֽׁא׃	0		“Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from verse [43] (../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Bazluth, Mehida, Harsha,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EZR	2	53	c1mt	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־בַרְק֥וֹס בְּֽנֵי־סִֽיסְרָ֖א בְּנֵי־תָֽמַח׃	0		“Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from verse [43] (../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Barkos, Sisera, Temah,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EZR	2	54	r7cn	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֥י נְצִ֖יחַ בְּנֵ֥י חֲטִיפָֽא׃	0		“Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from verse [43] (../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these two men, and end the series in this verse. Alternate translation: “Neziah, and Hatipha.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EZR	2	55	kd7e	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה	0	General Information:	“Sons” figuratively means “descendants” Alternate translation: “Some of the descendants of the laborers who had worked for the kingdom also returned.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EZR	2	55	9x3k	translate-unknown	עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה	0		By “servants of Solomon,” this list does not mean officials who served in Solomon’s court. Rather, this phrase refers to people whom Solomon first conscripted as laborers. They were descendants of the groups that were living in the land of Canaan before the Israelites occupied it. They and their descendants remained conscripted laborers under later kings. Alternate translation: “the laborers that King Solomon first conscripted” or “laborers who had worked for the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-EZR	2	55	vt3s	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־סֹטַ֥י בְּנֵי־הַ⁠סֹּפֶ֖רֶת בְּנֵ֥י פְרוּדָֽא׃	0		“Sons” figuratively means “descendants” Alternate translation: “They were from the descendants of Sotai, Hassophereth, Peruda,” beginning a series that will continue through verse [57] (../02/57.md). (See:  [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	44	vl6i	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־קֵרֹ֥ס בְּֽנֵי־סִֽיעֲהָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י פָדֽוֹן׃<br><br><br><br>	1	Keros…Siaha…Padon	**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from verse [43] (../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Keros, Siaha, Padon,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	45	b5nu	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־לְבָנָ֥ה בְנֵי־חֲגָבָ֖ה בְּנֵ֥י עַקּֽוּב׃	1	Lebanah…Hagabah	**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from verse [43] (../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Lebanah, Hagabah, Akkub,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	46	qx4z	translate-names	בְּנֵי־חָגָ֥ב בְּנֵי־שַׁלְמַ֖י בְּנֵ֥י חָנָֽן׃	1	Hagab…Shalmai…Hanan	**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from verse [43] (../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Hagab, Shalmai, Hanan,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+EZR	2	47	qg3y	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־גִדֵּ֥ל בְּנֵי־גַ֖חַר בְּנֵ֥י רְאָיָֽה׃	0	General Information:	**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from verse [43] (../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Giddel, Gahar, Reaiah,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>
+EZR	2	48	hw0m	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־רְצִ֥ין בְּנֵי־נְקוֹדָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י גַזָּֽם׃	0		**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from verse [43] (../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Rezin, Nekoda, Gazzam,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	49	csjh	figs-metaphor	 בְּנֵי־עֻזָּ֥א בְנֵי־פָסֵ֖חַ בְּנֵ֥י בֵסָֽי׃	0		**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from verse [43] (../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Uzza, Paseah, Besai,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	50	pxdj	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־אַסְנָ֥ה בְנֵי־מְעוּנִ֖ים בְּנֵ֥י נפיסים׃	0		**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from verse [43] (../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Asnah, Meunim, Nephusim,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	51	fd31	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־בַקְבּ֥וּק בְּנֵי־חֲקוּפָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י חַרְחֽוּר׃	0	General Information:	**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from verse [43] (../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Bakbuk, Hakupha, Harhur,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	52	8oav	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־בַצְל֥וּת בְּנֵי־מְחִידָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י חַרְשָֽׁא׃	0		**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from verse [43] (../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Bazluth, Mehida, Harsha,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	53	c1mt	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־בַרְק֥וֹס בְּֽנֵי־סִֽיסְרָ֖א בְּנֵי־תָֽמַח׃	0		**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from verse [43] (../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Barkos, Sisera, Temah,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	54	r7cn	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֥י נְצִ֖יחַ בְּנֵ֥י חֲטִיפָֽא׃	0		**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from verse [43] (../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these two men, and end the series in this verse. Alternate translation: “Neziah, and Hatipha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	55	kd7e	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה	0	General Information:	**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “Some of the descendants of the laborers who had worked for the kingdom also returned.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	55	9x3k	translate-unknown	עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה	0		By **servants of Solomon**, this list does not mean officials who served in Solomon’s court. Rather, this phrase refers to people whom Solomon first conscripted as laborers. They were descendants of the groups that were living in the land of Canaan before the Israelites occupied it. They and their descendants remained conscripted laborers under later kings. Alternate translation: “the laborers that King Solomon first conscripted” or “laborers who had worked for the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+EZR	2	55	vt3s	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־סֹטַ֥י בְּנֵי־הַ⁠סֹּפֶ֖רֶת בְּנֵ֥י פְרוּדָֽא׃	0		**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “They were from the descendants of Sotai, Hassophereth, Peruda,” beginning a series that will continue through verse [57] (../02/57.md). (See:  [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	2	55	rnfm	translate-names	סֹטַ֥י ... הַ⁠סֹּפֶ֖רֶת ... פְרוּדָֽא	0		These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	2	56	jtpw	figs-metaphor	 בְּנֵי־יַעְלָ֥ה בְנֵי־דַרְק֖וֹן בְּנֵ֥י גִדֵּֽל׃	1		“Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from verse [55] (../02/55.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Jaalah, Darkon, Giddel,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EZR	2	57	f1lh	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֧י שְׁפַטְיָ֣ה בְנֵֽי־חַטִּ֗יל בְּנֵ֛י פֹּכֶ֥רֶת הַצְּבָיִ֖ים בְּנֵ֥י אָמִֽי׃	1		“Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from verse [55] (../02/55.md), you can just list the names of these four men, and end the series in this verse. Alternate translation: “Shephatiah, Hattil, Pochereth Hazzebaim, and Ami” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EZR	2	58	y86d		כָּ֨ל־הַ⁠נְּתִינִ֔ים וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת תִּשְׁעִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁנָֽיִם׃	1	392	Alternate translation: “Altogether 392 men returned who were descendants of temple servants or of laborers who had worked for the kingdom.”
-EZR	2	59	fa24	figs-idiom	 וְ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה הָֽ⁠עֹלִים֙	0	General Information:	As in verse [1] (../02/01.md), “went up” means “traveled from Babylon back to Judah,” since that involved going from a river valley up into the mountains. Alternate translation: “Some others returned to Judah from Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-EZR	2	59	kgcj	translate-names	מִ⁠תֵּ֥ל מֶ֨לַח֙ תֵּ֣ל חַרְשָׁ֔א כְּר֥וּב אַדָּ֖ן אִמֵּ֑ר	0		These are the names of five towns in Babylonia. Alternate translation: “who had been living in the towns of Tel Melah, Tel Harsha, Kerub, Addon, and Immer.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+EZR	2	56	jtpw	figs-metaphor	 בְּנֵי־יַעְלָ֥ה בְנֵי־דַרְק֖וֹן בְּנֵ֥י גִדֵּֽל׃	1		**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from verse [55] (../02/55.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Jaalah, Darkon, Giddel,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	57	f1lh	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֧י שְׁפַטְיָ֣ה בְנֵֽי־חַטִּ֗יל בְּנֵ֛י פֹּכֶ֥רֶת הַצְּבָיִ֖ים בְּנֵ֥י אָמִֽי׃	1		**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from verse [55] (../02/55.md), you can just list the names of these four men, and end the series in this verse. Alternate translation: “Shephatiah, Hattil, Pochereth Hazzebaim, and Ami” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	58	y86d		כָּ֨ל־הַ⁠נְּתִינִ֔ים וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת תִּשְׁעִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁנָֽיִם׃	1	392	Alternate translation: “Altogether 392 men returned who were descendants of temple servants or of laborers who had worked for the kingdom”
+EZR	2	59	fa24	figs-idiom	 וְ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה הָֽ⁠עֹלִים֙	0	General Information:	As in verse [1] (../02/01.md), **went up** means **traveled from Babylon back to Judah**, since that involved going from a river valley up into the mountains. Alternate translation: “Some others returned to Judah from Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+EZR	2	59	kgcj	translate-names	מִ⁠תֵּ֥ל מֶ֨לַח֙ תֵּ֣ל חַרְשָׁ֔א כְּר֥וּב אַדָּ֖ן אִמֵּ֑ר	0		These are the names of five towns in Babylonia. Alternate translation: “who had been living in the towns of Tel Melah, Tel Harsha, Kerub, Addon, and Immer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EZR	2	59	gd69		וְ⁠לֹ֣א יָֽכְל֗וּ לְ⁠הַגִּ֤יד	0		Alternate translation: “They had no records to prove”
 EZR	2	59	ay8y	figs-parallelism	בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָ⁠ם֙ וְ⁠זַרְעָ֔⁠ם אִ֥ם מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֖ל הֵֽם	0		These two longer phrases mean similar things. The second phrase explains the meaning of the first for clarity and emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “that their ancestors had been Israelites”; otherwise, “what clan they were from or who their ancestors were, whether they were really Israelites” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 EZR	2	59	jlej	figs-doublet	בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָ⁠ם֙ וְ⁠זַרְעָ֔⁠ם	0		These two short phrases mean similar things. They are used together to emphasize that accurate records would be required to prove a person’s lineage. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “what their lineage was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-EZR	2	59	8n9o	figs-metaphor	בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָ⁠ם֙	0		Among the Israelites, the expression “father’s house” or “house of the father” originally described an extended-family group. It later came to be used more generally to refer to a larger clan within a tribe. In this expression, the word "house" figuratively describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “what clan they were from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EZR	2	59	yqp3	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠זַרְעָ֔⁠ם	0		Here, “seed” is a [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] meaning “offspring.” In the Bible, the term refers most often to a person’s descendants. But here it is describing the ancestors of these people, that is, “whose seed they were.” Alternate translation: “who their ancestors were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	59	8n9o	figs-metaphor	בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָ⁠ם֙	0		Among the Israelites, the expression **father’s house** or **house of the father** originally described an extended-family group. It later came to be used more generally to refer to a larger clan within a tribe. In this expression, the word "house" figuratively describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “what clan they were from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	59	yqp3	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠זַרְעָ֔⁠ם	0		Here, **seed** is a [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] meaning **offspring.** In the Bible, the term refers most often to a person’s descendants. But here it is describing the ancestors of these people, that is, **whose seed they were**. Alternate translation: “who their ancestors were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	2	60	k7wr		בְּנֵי־דְלָיָ֥ה בְנֵי־טוֹבִיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י נְקוֹדָ֑א שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁנָֽיִם׃	1	652	Alternate translation: “Altogether 652 men returned who were from the descendants of Delaiah, Tobiah, and Nekoda”
-EZR	2	60	v01g	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־דְלָיָ֥ה בְנֵי־טוֹבִיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י נְקוֹדָ֑א	1		“Sons” figuratively means “descendants” Alternate translation: “the descendants of Delaiah, Tobiah, and Nekoda” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	60	v01g	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־דְלָיָ֥ה בְנֵי־טוֹבִיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י נְקוֹדָ֑א	1		**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Delaiah, Tobiah, and Nekoda” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	2	60	xr2g	translate-names	דְלָיָ֥ה…טוֹבִיָּ֖ה…נְקוֹדָ֑א	1	Delaiah…Tobiah…Nekoda	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	2	61	io29		וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵי֙ הַ⁠כֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים	1		Alternate translation: “Some of the men who returned from those towns were descendants of the priests.”
-EZR	2	61	heb8	figs-metaphor	 וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵי֙ הַ⁠כֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים	1		“Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “descendants of the priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EZR	2	61	mpkp	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֥י חֳבַיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י הַקּ֑וֹץ בְּנֵ֣י בַרְזִלַּ֗י	1		“Sons” figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “They were from the descendants of Habaiah, Hakkoz, and Barzillai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	61	io29		וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵי֙ הַ⁠כֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים	1		Alternate translation: “Some of the men who returned from those towns were descendants of the priests”
+EZR	2	61	heb8	figs-metaphor	 וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵי֙ הַ⁠כֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים	1		**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “descendants of the priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	61	mpkp	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵ֥י חֳבַיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י הַקּ֑וֹץ בְּנֵ֣י בַרְזִלַּ֗י	1		**Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “They were from the descendants of Habaiah, Hakkoz, and Barzillai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	2	61	vg3t	translate-names	חֳבַיָּ֖ה…הַקּ֑וֹץ…בַרְזִלַּ֗י	1	Habaiah…Hakkoz…Barzillai	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EZR	2	61	d6en		אֲשֶׁ֣ר לָ֠קַח מִ⁠בְּנ֞וֹת בַּרְזִלַּ֤י הַ⁠גִּלְעָדִי֙ אִשָּׁ֔ה	1		Alternate translation: “Barzillai married a woman who was one of the descendants of Barzillai the Gileadite”
-EZR	2	61	0wy5	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠בְּנ֞וֹת בַּרְזִלַּ֤י הַ⁠גִּלְעָדִי֙	1		“Daughters” figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “the descendants of Barzillai the Gileadite” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	61	0wy5	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠בְּנ֞וֹת בַּרְזִלַּ֤י הַ⁠גִּלְעָדִי֙	1		**Daughters** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Barzillai the Gileadite” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	2	61	5xge		וַ⁠יִּקָּרֵ֖א עַל־שְׁמָֽ⁠ם	1		Alternate translation: “and he took the name of her clan as his own name”
 EZR	2	62	yiq1	figs-activepassive	אֵ֗לֶּה בִּקְשׁ֧וּ כְתָבָ֛⁠ם הַ⁠מִּתְיַחְשִׂ֖ים וְ⁠לֹ֣א נִמְצָ֑אוּ וַֽ⁠יְגֹאֲל֖וּ מִן־הַ⁠כְּהֻנָּֽה׃	1	the records of their ancestry	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “They were not able to find any mention of their names in the lists of people who were descendants of the priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EZR	2	62	qt2w	figs-abstractnouns	וַֽ⁠יְגֹאֲל֖וּ מִן־הַ⁠כְּהֻנָּֽה	1	they were excluded from the priesthood as defiled	The abstract noun “priesthood” refers to the work that a priest does and the status that a priest holds as a representative of God to the people. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “So they were not allowed to serve as priests.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EZR	2	62	qt2w	figs-abstractnouns	וַֽ⁠יְגֹאֲל֖וּ מִן־הַ⁠כְּהֻנָּֽה	1	they were excluded from the priesthood as defiled	The abstract noun **priesthood** refers to the work that a priest does and the status that a priest holds as a representative of God to the people. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “So they were not allowed to serve as priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EZR	2	63	082e	translate-unknown	הַ⁠תִּרְשָׁ֨תָא֙	1		This was the formal Persian title of the governor. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the title and then explain it. Alternate translation: “The Tirshatha, that is, the governor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-EZR	2	63	jyg6	figs-idiom	 וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר ... לָ⁠הֶ֔ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־יֹאכְל֖וּ מִ⁠קֹּ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠קֳּדָשִׁ֑ים	1		The phrase “the holiest holy food” refers to the most sacred part of the food offerings, which was reserved for the priests. Alternate translation: “told them that they would not be allowed to eat the most sacred food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-EZR	2	63	67bg	figs-metaphor	עַ֛ד עֲמֹ֥ד כֹּהֵ֖ן	1		Here “stand” is a figurative way of saying that a person has assumed the duties of their office. The priest means specifically the high priest, since he was the one who had possession of the objects that this verse describes (see next note). Alternate translation: “Until the high priest was once again on duty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 
+EZR	2	63	jyg6	figs-idiom	 וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר ... לָ⁠הֶ֔ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־יֹאכְל֖וּ מִ⁠קֹּ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠קֳּדָשִׁ֑ים	1		The phrase **the holiest holy food** refers to the most sacred part of the food offerings, which was reserved for the priests. Alternate translation: “told them that they would not be allowed to eat the most sacred food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+EZR	2	63	67bg	figs-metaphor	עַ֛ד עֲמֹ֥ד כֹּהֵ֖ן	1		Here, **stand** is a figurative way of saying that a person has assumed the duties of their office. The priest means specifically the high priest, since he was the one who had possession of the objects that this verse describes (see next note). Alternate translation: “Until the high priest was once again on duty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 
 EZR	2	63	n2du	translate-unknown	לְ⁠אוּרִ֥ים וּ⁠לְ⁠תֻמִּֽים	1	Urim and Thummim	This was a pair of objects that the high priest kept in the breastpiece of his robe. It is unknown exactly what type of objects they were, but they were used to answer yes-or-no questions and to decide between two alternatives. If the priest, without looking, pulled out the Urim, that meant one answer, while if he pulled out the Thummim, that meant the other answer. If it would be clearer in your language, you could describe these objects by their function rather than by their names. Alternate translation: “and could use the sacred objects to decide their cases.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-EZR	2	64	a73j	figs-idiom	כָּל־הַ⁠קָּהָ֖ל כְּ⁠אֶחָ֑ד אַרְבַּ֣ע רִבּ֔וֹא אַלְפַּ֖יִם שְׁלֹשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת שִׁשִּֽׁים׃	1	whole group	The expression “as one” means “all together.” Alternate translation: “The total number of men who returned was 42,360” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+EZR	2	64	a73j	figs-idiom	כָּל־הַ⁠קָּהָ֖ל כְּ⁠אֶחָ֑ד אַרְבַּ֣ע רִבּ֔וֹא אַלְפַּ֖יִם שְׁלֹשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת שִׁשִּֽׁים׃	1	whole group	The expression **as one** means **all together**. Alternate translation: “The total number of men who returned was 42,360” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EZR	2	65	w7yu		מִ֠⁠לְּ⁠בַד עַבְדֵי⁠הֶ֤ם וְ⁠אַמְהֹֽתֵי⁠הֶם֙ אֵ֔לֶּה שִׁבְעַ֣ת אֲלָפִ֔ים שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וְ⁠שִׁבְעָ֑ה	1	their maidservants	Alternate translation: “not counting their 7,337 male and female servants”
-EZR	2	65	i75w	translate-unknown	וְ⁠לָ⁠הֶ֛ם מְשֹׁרְרִ֥ים וּֽ⁠מְשֹׁרְר֖וֹת מָאתָֽיִם	1	these were 7,337	This is a different group from the “singers” in verse [41] (../02/41.md). Those were Levites who sang in connection with Israel’s worship. The group here is a class of servants who were employed to provide music for public and private events. Alternate translation: “and the 200 male and female singers they employed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+EZR	2	65	i75w	translate-unknown	וְ⁠לָ⁠הֶ֛ם מְשֹׁרְרִ֥ים וּֽ⁠מְשֹׁרְר֖וֹת מָאתָֽיִם	1	these were 7,337	This is a different group from the **singers** in verse [41] (../02/41.md). Those were Levites who sang in connection with Israel’s worship. The group here is a class of servants who were employed to provide music for public and private events. Alternate translation: “and the 200 male and female singers they employed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EZR	2	66	t7kb		סוּסֵי⁠הֶ֕ם שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וְ⁠שִׁשָּׁ֑ה פִּרְדֵי⁠הֶ֕ם מָאתַ֖יִם אַרְבָּעִ֥ים וַ⁠חֲמִשָּֽׁה׃	0	General Information:	Alternate translation: “The group also brought back with them 736 horses, 245 mules,” beginning a sentence that will continue through the next verse.
-EZR	2	67	mho1		גְּמַ֨לֵּי⁠הֶ֔ם אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וַ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֑ה חֲמֹרִ֕ים שֵׁ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֔ים שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִֽים׃	0		Alternate translation, concluding the sentence from the previous verse: “435 camels, and 6,720 donkeys.”
-EZR	2	68	r2vx	figs-ellipsis	 וּ⁠מֵ⁠רָאשֵׁי֙ הָֽ⁠אָב֔וֹת	0		“Heads of the fathers” is an abbreviated way of saying “the heads of father’s houses.” The full expression “house of the father” was used in verse [59] (../02/59.md). See how you translated it there, and review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “some of the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-EZR	2	68	cvyh	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מֵ⁠רָאשֵׁי֙	0		Here, “head” is a figurative way of saying “leader.” Alternate translation: “leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EZR	2	68	onqa	figs-metaphor	לְ⁠בֵ֥ית יְהוָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם ... לְ⁠בֵ֣ית הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים	0		As in [1:3–4] (../01/03.md), the expressions “house of Yahweh” and “house of God” both figuratively mean the temple. The book speaks of this temple as if it would be a house in which God lived, since God’s presence would be there. Alternate translation: “the temple of Yahweh in Jerusalem … the temple of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EZR	2	68	9i3w	figs-personification	 לְ⁠הַעֲמִיד֖⁠וֹ עַל־מְכוֹנֽ⁠וֹ	0		This expression indicates figuratively that these gifts were given towards the costs of rebuilding the temple on its former site. The expression envisions the rebuilt temple as like a living thing that would “stand” in that location. Alternate translation: “to rebuild it on its former site” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-EZR	2	69	v744		לְ⁠אוֹצַ֣ר הַ⁠מְּלָאכָה֒	1	sixty-one thousand…five thousand…one hundred	“The work” means the project of rebuilding the temple. The “treasury” was where all of the money would be kept safely until it was needed. Alternate translation: “to the fund for rebuilding the temple”
+EZR	2	67	mho1		גְּמַ֨לֵּי⁠הֶ֔ם אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וַ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֑ה חֲמֹרִ֕ים שֵׁ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֔ים שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִֽים׃	0		Alternate translation, concluding the sentence from the previous verse: “435 camels, and 6,720 donkeys”
+EZR	2	68	r2vx	figs-ellipsis	 וּ⁠מֵ⁠רָאשֵׁי֙ הָֽ⁠אָב֔וֹת	0		**Heads of the fathers** is an abbreviated way of saying **the heads of father’s houses.** The full expression **house of the father** was used in verse [59] (../02/59.md). See how you translated it there, and review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “some of the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+EZR	2	68	cvyh	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מֵ⁠רָאשֵׁי֙	0		Here, **head** is a figurative way of saying **leader**. Alternate translation: “leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	68	onqa	figs-metaphor	לְ⁠בֵ֥ית יְהוָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם ... לְ⁠בֵ֣ית הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים	0		As in [1:3–4] (../01/03.md), the expressions **house of Yahweh** and **house of God** both figuratively mean the temple. The book speaks of this temple as if it would be a house in which God lived, since God’s presence would be there. Alternate translation: “the temple of Yahweh in Jerusalem … the temple of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	2	68	9i3w	figs-personification	 לְ⁠הַעֲמִיד֖⁠וֹ עַל־מְכוֹנֽ⁠וֹ	0		This expression indicates figuratively that these gifts were given towards the costs of rebuilding the temple on its former site. The expression envisions the rebuilt temple as like a living thing that would **stand** in that location. Alternate translation: “to rebuild it on its former site” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+EZR	2	69	v744		לְ⁠אוֹצַ֣ר הַ⁠מְּלָאכָה֒	1	sixty-one thousand…five thousand…one hundred	**The work** means the project of rebuilding the temple. The **treasury** was where all of the money would be kept safely until it was needed. Alternate translation: “to the fund for rebuilding the temple”
 EZR	2	69	qh93	translate-bmoney	זָהָ֗ב דַּרְכְּמוֹנִים֙ שֵׁשׁ־רִבֹּ֣אות וָ⁠אֶ֔לֶף	1	gold darics	In ancient times, a gold daric weighed about 8 or 8.5 grams, or about a quarter of an ounce. You could try to express this in terms of modern money values, but if you did, that could cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. Instead, you might say something general like “61,000 gold coins,” or give the equivalent weight, or use the biblical term in the text and give the weight in a note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
 EZR	2	69	ln9c	translate-bmoney	וְ⁠כֶ֕סֶף מָנִ֖ים חֲמֵ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֑ים	1	minas	In ancient times, a silver mina weighed about half a kilogram, or about 1.25 pounds. However, as in the case of darics, it would probably be best to say something general like “2,200 silver bars,” or give the equivalent weight, or use the biblical term and give the equivalent weight in a note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
 EZR	2	69	h3zd	translate-unknown	וְ⁠כָתְנֹ֥ת כֹּהֲנִ֖ים מֵאָֽה	1	tunics	These were the special garments that priests would wear while performing their duties in the temple. Alternate translation: “100 special garments for the priests to wear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-EZR	2	70	w7fw		וַ⁠יֵּשְׁב֣וּ הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְ֠⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּם וּֽ⁠מִן־הָ⁠עָ֞ם וְ⁠הַ⁠מְשֹׁרְרִ֧ים וְ⁠הַ⁠שּׁוֹעֲרִ֛ים וְ⁠הַ⁠נְּתִינִ֖ים בְּ⁠עָרֵי⁠הֶ֑ם וְ⁠כָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בְּ⁠עָרֵי⁠הֶֽם׃	1	and all Israel lived in their cities	This is a summary conclusion to the list. See how you translated each of these terms within the list: “priests” in v. [36] (../02/36.md), “Levites” in v. [40] (../02/40.md), “singers” in v. [41] (../02/41.md), “gatekeepers” in v. [42] (../02/42.md), and “Nethinim” in v. [43] (../02/43.md). Review the notes to each of these verses if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “So the priests, Levites, other Israelites, singers, gatekeepers, and temple servants returned to Judah and settled in the places where their ancestors had formerly lived.”
+EZR	2	70	w7fw		וַ⁠יֵּשְׁב֣וּ הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְ֠⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּם וּֽ⁠מִן־הָ⁠עָ֞ם וְ⁠הַ⁠מְשֹׁרְרִ֧ים וְ⁠הַ⁠שּׁוֹעֲרִ֛ים וְ⁠הַ⁠נְּתִינִ֖ים בְּ⁠עָרֵי⁠הֶ֑ם וְ⁠כָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בְּ⁠עָרֵי⁠הֶֽם׃	1	and all Israel lived in their cities	This is a summary conclusion to the list. See how you translated each of these terms within the list: **priests** in v. [36] (../02/36.md), **Levites** in v. [40] (../02/40.md), **singers** in v. [41] (../02/41.md), **gatekeepers** in v. [42] (../02/42.md), and **Nethinim** in v. [43] (../02/43.md). Review the notes to each of these verses if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “So the priests, Levites, other Israelites, singers, gatekeepers, and temple servants returned to Judah and settled in the places where their ancestors had formerly lived”
 EZR	2	70	1g6o	figs-parallelism	וְ⁠כָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בְּ⁠עָרֵי⁠הֶֽם	1		This sentence repeats the meaning of the previous sentence, perhaps for emphasis, to show that the return was accomplished successfully. You do not need to translate this sentence separately if that might be confusing for your readers. Its meaning is included in the alternate translation suggested for the previous sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 EZR	3	intro	rp9a			0		# Ezra 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of worship in the new temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rebuilding the temple<br>They immediately began the temple worship, even though the temple had not yet been built because they feared the people of the surrounding nations.
 EZR	3	1	us0g	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַ⁠יִּגַּע֙	1		This word indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “Once this group had returned to Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 EZR	3	1	lr47	figs-explicit	 וַ⁠יִּגַּע֙ הַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י	1		This phrase refers to the beginning of the seventh month in the Jewish religious calendar, which is the first month in the Jewish civic calendar. The phrase is actually giving the reason why the people gathered in Jerusalem at this time. It was the start of a new year, and the leadership had decided to resume community worship, including daily sacrifices, as of the beginning of that year, as verse [6] (../02/06.md) indicates. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the start of the seventh month, because it was the beginning of a new civic year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EZR	3	1	984e	translate-ordinal	הַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י	1		Alternate translation: “month seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 EZR	3	1	a2ka	translate-hebrewmonths	הַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י	1	the seventh month	You could convert the Hebrew month into an equivalent on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the equivalency will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the number of the Hebrew month. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
-EZR	3	1	d1d0	figs-informremind	וּ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בֶּ⁠עָרִ֑יםס וַ⁠יֵּאָסְפ֥וּ הָ⁠עָ֛ם ... אֶל־יְרוּשָׁלִָֽם	1		Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers why the Israelites were not all in Jerusalem already and would have had to come there from various places. Alternate translation: “the Israelites came from the different places where they had settled and they gathered in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
-EZR	3	1	vth3	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1		“Sons” here figuratively means “descendants.” The book is envisioning all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	3	1	d1d0	figs-informremind	וּ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בֶּ⁠עָרִ֑יםס וַ⁠יֵּאָסְפ֥וּ הָ⁠עָ֛ם ... אֶל־יְרוּשָׁלִָֽם	1		Here, the book repeats some background information to remind readers why the Israelites were not all in Jerusalem already and would have had to come there from various places. Alternate translation: “the Israelites came from the different places where they had settled and they gathered in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
+EZR	3	1	vth3	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1		Here, **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. The book is envisioning all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	3	1	hh94	figs-activepassive	 וַ⁠יֵּאָסְפ֥וּ הָ⁠עָ֛ם	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they gathered together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EZR	3	1	hwv6	figs-idiom	כְּ⁠אִ֥ישׁ אֶחָ֖ד	1	as one man	“As one man” is an idiom that means “as if they were a single person,” that is, all in once place at the same time for the same purpose. Alternate translation: “in a huge crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+EZR	3	1	hwv6	figs-idiom	כְּ⁠אִ֥ישׁ אֶחָ֖ד	1	as one man	**As one man** is an idiom that means **as if they were a single person**, that is, all in once place at the same time for the same purpose. Alternate translation: “in a huge crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EZR	3	2	hbk8	grammar-connect-time-sequential	 וַ⁠יָּקָם֩	1		This word indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “Once everyone had gathered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
-EZR	3	2	s7ds	figs-idiom	וַ⁠יָּקָם֩	1		In this context, the word “arise” means to take action to get an enterprise under way. It does not indicate that these leaders had been sitting or lying down and that they stood up. Alternate translation: “took action” or “carried out their plans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+EZR	3	2	s7ds	figs-idiom	וַ⁠יָּקָם֩	1		In this context, the word **arise** means to take action to get an enterprise under way. It does not indicate that these leaders had been sitting or lying down and that they stood up. Alternate translation: “took action” or “carried out their plans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EZR	3	2	ua8i	translate-names	יֵשׁ֨וּעַ בֶּן־יֽוֹצָדָ֜ק	1	Jeshua	Jeshua is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [2:2] (../02/02.md). Jozadak is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	3	2	o0k8	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠אֶחָ֣י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֗ים	1		Here, “brothers” is likely a figurative way of saying “fellow priests,” although it is possible that some of the biological brothers of Jeshua were included in this group. Jeshua himself was the high priest at this time. Alternate translation: “his fellow priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	3	2	o0k8	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠אֶחָ֣י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֗ים	1		Here, **brothers** is likely a figurative way of saying **fellow priests**, although it is possible that some of the biological brothers of Jeshua were included in this group. Jeshua himself was the high priest at this time. Alternate translation: “his fellow priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	3	2	gq2e	translate-names	וּ⁠זְרֻבָּבֶ֤ל בֶּן־שְׁאַלְתִּיאֵל֙	1	Shealtiel	Zerubbabel is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [2:2] (../02/02.md). Shealtiel is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	3	2	03ra	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠אֶחָ֔י⁠ו	1		Here “brothers” appears to be a figurative way of saying “fellow leaders.” The other seven men listed in [2:2] (../02/02.md) as leaders of the group that returned from exile may be particularly in view. Alternate translation: “his fellow leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EZR	3	2	yy1u	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יִּבְנ֕וּ אֶת־מִזְבַּ֖ח אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל לְ⁠הַעֲל֤וֹת עָלָי⁠ו֙ עֹל֔וֹת	1	rose up and built	This was a way of resuming regular community worship even before construction began on the new temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “They built a new altar to the God of Israel so that the priests could start offering sacrifices right away on behalf of the community.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EZR	3	2	03ra	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠אֶחָ֔י⁠ו	1		Here, **brothers** appears to be a figurative way of saying **fellow leaders**. The other seven men listed in [2:2] (../02/02.md) as leaders of the group that returned from exile may be particularly in view. Alternate translation: “his fellow leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	3	2	yy1u	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יִּבְנ֕וּ אֶת־מִזְבַּ֖ח אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל לְ⁠הַעֲל֤וֹת עָלָי⁠ו֙ עֹל֔וֹת	1	rose up and built	This was a way of resuming regular community worship even before construction began on the new temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “They built a new altar to the God of Israel so that the priests could start offering sacrifices right away on behalf of the community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EZR	3	2	0qvh	figs-explicit	עֹל֔וֹת	1		The book assumes that readers will know that this means whole burnt offerings, that is, sacrifices that were burned up completely on the altar. These were offered to express a desire to be in good standing with God, through the complete sacrifice of something valuable and also through the creation of an aroma, the smell of roasting meat, that was considered to be pleasing to God. If your language has a special term for such offerings, you can use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “whole burnt offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EZR	3	2	eg3w	figs-activepassive	כַּ⁠כָּת֕וּב בְּ⁠תוֹרַ֖ת מֹשֶׁ֥ה	1	as it is written in the law of Moses	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “as God had commanded the people of Israel to do through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EZR	3	2	gjpk	figs-informremind	מֹשֶׁ֥ה אִישׁ־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים	1		Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers who Moses was. Alternate translation: “Moses, that godly man” or “Moses, that man who knew God well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
+EZR	3	2	gjpk	figs-informremind	מֹשֶׁ֥ה אִישׁ־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים	1		Here, the book repeats some background information to remind readers who Moses was. Alternate translation: “Moses, that godly man” or “Moses, that man who knew God well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
 EZR	3	2	h7xj	translate-names	מֹשֶׁ֥ה	1		This is the name of a man. It occurs many times throughout the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate it consistently each time.  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	3	3	7o49	grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יָּכִ֤ינוּ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֨חַ֙ עַל־מְכ֣וֹנֹתָ֔י⁠ו כִּ֚י בְּ⁠אֵימָ֣ה עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֔ם מֵ⁠עַמֵּ֖י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because they were afraid of the people from other groups who lived around them, thinking they might attack them, they wanted to ask God for help and protection, so they made rebuilding the altar their first priority,” or, “Because they were afraid of the people from other groups who lived around them, thinking they might try to stop them from rebuilding the temple, they wanted to get started on rebuilding as quickly as possible, and so they began right away with the altar.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+EZR	3	3	7o49	grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יָּכִ֤ינוּ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֨חַ֙ עַל־מְכ֣וֹנֹתָ֔י⁠ו כִּ֚י בְּ⁠אֵימָ֣ה עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֔ם מֵ⁠עַמֵּ֖י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because they were afraid of the people from other groups who lived around them, thinking they might attack them, they wanted to ask God for help and protection, so they made rebuilding the altar their first priority” or, “Because they were afraid of the people from other groups who lived around them, thinking they might try to stop them from rebuilding the temple, they wanted to get started on rebuilding as quickly as possible, and so they began right away with the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EZR	3	3	t8y7	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יָּכִ֤ינוּ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֨חַ֙ עַל־מְכ֣וֹנֹתָ֔י⁠ו	1	they set the altar on its foundation	This phrase likely means that the priests and leaders built this new altar right at the place where the altar had been located within the former temple. You could say that as an alternate translation if it would help make things clearer for your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-EZR	3	3	bk73	figs-explicit	כִּ֚י בְּ⁠אֵימָ֣ה עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֔ם מֵ⁠עַמֵּ֖י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת	1	dread was on them	The book does not say specifically why the Israelites were afraid of the people from other groups who lived around them. Two possibilities are that they were afraid these people might attack them, or that they might try to keep them from rebuilding the temple, in both cases to stop them from re-establishing themselves in their former homeland. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could suggest one of these explanations explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they were afraid that the people from other groups who lived around them might attack them, they wanted to ask God for help and protection” or “because they were afraid that the people from other groups who lived around them might try to stop them from rebuilding the temple, they wanted to get started on rebuilding as quickly as possible.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EZR	3	3	bk73	figs-explicit	כִּ֚י בְּ⁠אֵימָ֣ה עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֔ם מֵ⁠עַמֵּ֖י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת	1	dread was on them	The book does not say specifically why the Israelites were afraid of the people from other groups who lived around them. Two possibilities are that they were afraid these people might attack them, or that they might try to keep them from rebuilding the temple, in both cases to stop them from re-establishing themselves in their former homeland. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could suggest one of these explanations explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they were afraid that the people from other groups who lived around them might attack them, they wanted to ask God for help and protection” or “because they were afraid that the people from other groups who lived around them might try to stop them from rebuilding the temple, they wanted to get started on rebuilding as quickly as possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EZR	3	3	53m4	figs-personification	בְּ⁠אֵימָ֣ה עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֔ם	1		Here, the book speaks figuratively of dread or fear as if it were a living thing that could land on or rest on the Israelites. Alternate translation: “they were very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-EZR	3	3	c33h	figs-idiom	מֵ⁠עַמֵּ֖י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת	1	because of the people of the land	This was the expression that the Jews used to refer to members of other people groups, including some that the Assyrians had brought into the area, who were originally from other places (“lands”), but who were now living in and around the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “people from other groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-EZR	3	3	a9a2	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַיַּעֲל֨וּ עָלָ֤י⁠ו עֹלוֹת֙ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה עֹל֖וֹת לַ⁠בֹּ֥קֶר וְ⁠לָ⁠עָֽרֶב	1	They offered on it burnt offerings to Yahweh, both the morning and evening burnt offerings	The word at the beginning of this sentence indicates that the activity it describes took place after the events the story has been describing. Specifically, this was a continuous activity, not something the leaders did just on that occasion. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a phrase such as “from that time on.” Alternate translation: “From that time on, the priests offered sacrifices to Yahweh on this altar every morning and every evening.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
+EZR	3	3	c33h	figs-idiom	מֵ⁠עַמֵּ֖י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת	1	because of the people of the land	This was the expression that the Jews used to refer to members of other people groups, including some that the Assyrians had brought into the area, who were originally from other places (**lands**), but who were now living in and around the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “people from other groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+EZR	3	3	a9a2	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַיַּעֲל֨וּ עָלָ֤י⁠ו עֹלוֹת֙ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה עֹל֖וֹת לַ⁠בֹּ֥קֶר וְ⁠לָ⁠עָֽרֶב	1	They offered on it burnt offerings to Yahweh, both the morning and evening burnt offerings	The word at the beginning of this sentence indicates that the activity it describes took place after the events the story has been describing. Specifically, this was a continuous activity, not something the leaders did just on that occasion. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a phrase such as **from that time on**. Alternate translation: “From that time on, the priests offered sacrifices to Yahweh on this altar every morning and every evening.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 EZR	3	3	vc8u	figs-explicit	וַיַּעֲל֨וּ עָלָ֤י⁠ו עֹלוֹת֙ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה עֹל֖וֹת לַ⁠בֹּ֥קֶר וְ⁠לָ⁠עָֽרֶב	1		As verse [2] (../03/02.md) notes, God had commanded these daily offerings in the Law of Moses. By resuming them, the leaders and priests were restoring the regular worship life of the community. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “From that time on, the priests offered sacrifices to Yahweh on this altar every morning and every evening. By doing that, they restored the regular worship life of the community.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EZR	3	4	9qln	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַֽ⁠יַּעֲשׂ֛וּ	1		This word indicates that the events the story will now recount came after the event it has just related. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using an equivalent phrase. The next event is specifically the Festival of Tabernacles, which the Law of Moses said to observe from the fifteenth through the twenty-second days of the seventh month. So that event would have taken place about two weeks after the Israelites first gathered in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “later that month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
-EZR	3	4	iej2	figs-explicit	וַֽ⁠יַּעֲשׂ֛וּ אֶת־חַ֥ג הַ⁠סֻּכּ֖וֹת	1	the Festival of Shelters	This phrase describes the Israelites celebrating an observance that is also known as the Festival of Tabernacles. The purpose of this festival was to remind the Israelites how Yahweh had cared for their ancestors when they lived in temporary shelters as they traveled through the wilderness from Egypt to Canaan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Israelites celebrated the Festival of Tabernacles to remember how God had taken care of their ancestors when they had only temporary shelters to live in as they traveled through the wilderness from Egypt to Canaan.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EZR	3	4	iej2	figs-explicit	וַֽ⁠יַּעֲשׂ֛וּ אֶת־חַ֥ג הַ⁠סֻּכּ֖וֹת	1	the Festival of Shelters	This phrase describes the Israelites celebrating an observance that is also known as the Festival of Tabernacles. The purpose of this festival was to remind the Israelites how Yahweh had cared for their ancestors when they lived in temporary shelters as they traveled through the wilderness from Egypt to Canaan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Israelites celebrated the Festival of Tabernacles to remember how God had taken care of their ancestors when they had only temporary shelters to live in as they traveled through the wilderness from Egypt to Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EZR	3	4	1687	figs-activepassive	כַּ⁠כָּת֑וּב	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “as God had commanded the people of Israel to do through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EZR	3	4	ka3d	figs-explicit	⁠עֹלַ֨ת י֤וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹם֙ בְּ⁠מִסְפָּ֔ר כְּ⁠מִשְׁפַּ֖ט דְּבַר־י֥וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹמֽ⁠וֹ	1		These expressions refer to the way the Law of Moses commanded the Israelites to offer a different number of sacrifices on each of the eight days of this festival. Alternate translation: “They offered burnt offerings every day, and on each day they offered the number of sacrifices that the law specified for that day.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EZR	3	4	ka3d	figs-explicit	⁠עֹלַ֨ת י֤וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹם֙ בְּ⁠מִסְפָּ֔ר כְּ⁠מִשְׁפַּ֖ט דְּבַר־י֥וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹמֽ⁠וֹ	1		These expressions refer to the way the Law of Moses commanded the Israelites to offer a different number of sacrifices on each of the eight days of this festival. Alternate translation: “They offered burnt offerings every day, and on each day they offered the number of sacrifices that the law specified for that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EZR	3	5	r95n	grammar-connect-time-sequential	 וְ⁠אַחֲרֵי כֵ֞ן	1		This phrase indicates that the activity it describes took place after the one it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a phrase such as “from that time on.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
-EZR	3	5	yg77	figs-ellipsis	עֹלַ֤ת תָּמִיד֙ וְ⁠לֶ֣⁠חֳדָשִׁ֔ים וּ⁠לְ⁠כָל־מוֹעֲדֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה הַ⁠מְקֻדָּשִׁ֑ים וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹ֛ל מִתְנַדֵּ֥ב נְדָבָ֖ה לַ⁠יהוָֽה	1		Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. The meaning seems to be that once the daily morning and evening sacrifices had been re-instituted, the less frequent sacrifices were resumed as well, including those for the new moon, for the annual festivals, and on the occasion of freewill offerings.  You could say that explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the priests offered sacrifices every morning and evening, and they also offered sacrifices for the new moon festivals, for the festivals that Yahweh had commanded them to observe each year, and whenever anyone freely offered an animal to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-EZR	3	6	x3mt	translate-ordinal	מִ⁠יּ֤וֹם אֶחָד֙	1	from the first day of the seventh month	The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, “one,” but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, “first,” in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of days, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “Starting on the first day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
-EZR	3	6	cz5p	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	הֵחֵ֕לּוּ לְ⁠הַעֲל֥וֹת עֹל֖וֹת לַ⁠יהוָ֑ה וְ⁠הֵיכַ֥ל יְהוָ֖ה לֹ֥א יֻסָּֽד	1		This sentence draws a contrast between the conditions under which readers would have expected sacrifices to resume and the conditions under which they actually did resume. You could use a connecting phrase such as “even though” between the two clauses to indicate this contrast. Alternate translation: “they resumed offering sacrifices to Yahweh, even though they had not yet rebuilt the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+EZR	3	5	yg77	figs-ellipsis	עֹלַ֤ת תָּמִיד֙ וְ⁠לֶ֣⁠חֳדָשִׁ֔ים וּ⁠לְ⁠כָל־מוֹעֲדֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה הַ⁠מְקֻדָּשִׁ֑ים וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹ֛ל מִתְנַדֵּ֥ב נְדָבָ֖ה לַ⁠יהוָֽה	1		Here, the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. The meaning seems to be that once the daily morning and evening sacrifices had been re-instituted, the less frequent sacrifices were resumed as well, including those for the new moon, for the annual festivals, and on the occasion of freewill offerings. You could say that explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the priests offered sacrifices every morning and evening, and they also offered sacrifices for the new moon festivals, for the festivals that Yahweh had commanded them to observe each year, and whenever anyone freely offered an animal to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+EZR	3	6	x3mt	translate-ordinal	מִ⁠יּ֤וֹם אֶחָד֙	1	from the first day of the seventh month	The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **one**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, **first**, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of days, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “Starting on the first day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+EZR	3	6	cz5p	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	הֵחֵ֕לּוּ לְ⁠הַעֲל֥וֹת עֹל֖וֹת לַ⁠יהוָ֑ה וְ⁠הֵיכַ֥ל יְהוָ֖ה לֹ֥א יֻסָּֽד	1		This sentence draws a contrast between the conditions under which readers would have expected sacrifices to resume and the conditions under which they actually did resume. You could use a connecting phrase such as **even though** between the two clauses to indicate this contrast. Alternate translation: “they resumed offering sacrifices to Yahweh, even though they had not yet rebuilt the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 EZR	3	6	cip8	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠הֵיכַ֥ל יְהוָ֖ה לֹ֥א יֻסָּֽד	1	although the foundation of the temple of Yahweh had not been laid	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders had not yet rebuilt the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EZR	3	6	qiw8	figs-synecdoche	⁠הֵיכַ֥ל יְהוָ֖ה לֹ֥א יֻסָּֽד	1		This phrase likely means specifically that no one had laid a foundation yet for the new temple. That would have been the first step in construction. However, this seems to be a figurative way of describing the entire process of building the temple by referring to one part of that process, its first step. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders had not yet rebuilt the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 EZR	3	7	1mxu	grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יִּ֨תְּנוּ	1		This word indicates that the sentence it introduces will explain what people did as a result of the situation that the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “And so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EZR	3	7	y5sm	figs-explicit	 וַ⁠יִּ֨תְּנוּ־כֶ֔סֶף לַ⁠חֹצְבִ֖ים וְ⁠לֶ⁠חָרָשִׁ֑ים	1		The implication is that the Jewish leaders did this, and the rest of the things the verse describes, in order to start construction on the new temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in order to start building a new temple, they hired masons and carpenters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-EZR	3	7	kpjx	figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּ֨תְּנוּ־כֶ֔סֶף לַ⁠חֹצְבִ֖ים וְ⁠לֶ⁠חָרָשִׁ֑ים	1		“Give” is an idiom that means the Jewish leaders paid money to these workers in exchange for their expected labor. The money was not a gift. Alternate translation: “they hired masons and carpenters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-EZR	3	7	sqt7		וַ⁠יִּ֨תְּנוּ־כֶ֔סֶף	1		“Silver” here means money. Though the payment may well have been in the form of silver coins, such as are described in [2:69] (../02/69.md), the value of the payment is in view. The book is describing that value figuratively by reference to something associated with it, the silver that served as the medium of exchange. Alternate translation: “they paid money” or “they hired”
+EZR	3	7	kpjx	figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּ֨תְּנוּ־כֶ֔סֶף לַ⁠חֹצְבִ֖ים וְ⁠לֶ⁠חָרָשִׁ֑ים	1		**Give** is an idiom that means the Jewish leaders paid money to these workers in exchange for their expected labor. The money was not a gift. Alternate translation: “they hired masons and carpenters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+EZR	3	7	sqt7		וַ⁠יִּ֨תְּנוּ־כֶ֔סֶף	1		**Silver** here means money. Though the payment may well have been in the form of silver coins, such as are described in [2:69] (../02/69.md), the value of the payment is in view. The book is describing that value figuratively by reference to something associated with it, the silver that served as the medium of exchange. Alternate translation: “they paid money” or “they hired”
 EZR	3	7	hm3b	translate-unknown	לַ⁠חֹצְבִ֖ים	1		This term describes workers who build things from stone. Alternate translation: “stoneworkers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EZR	3	7	q3ku	translate-unknown	וְ⁠לֶ⁠חָרָשִׁ֑ים	1		This term describes workers who build things from wood. Alternate translation: “woodworkers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-EZR	3	7	4nzd	figs-idiom	וּ⁠מַאֲכָ֨ל וּ⁠מִשְׁתֶּ֜ה וָ⁠שֶׁ֗מֶן לַ⁠צִּֽדֹנִים֙ וְ⁠לַ⁠צֹּרִ֔ים	1		This phrase describes a further step that the Jewish leaders took to rebuild the temple. The words “they gave” earlier in the sentence apply to this phrase as well. “Gave” would now have the sense of “sent,” since the leaders made this payment in kind rather than in cash. Alternate translation: “They also sent grain and wine and olive oil to the people who lived in the cities of Sidon and Tyre.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-EZR	3	7	i65c	figs-synecdoche	וּ⁠מַאֲכָ֨ל וּ⁠מִשְׁתֶּ֜ה וָ⁠שֶׁ֗מֶן	1		While these are all general terms that describe categories of things, the book is likely using them to refer figuratively to specific items within each category. “Food” means anything to eat, but here it probably means one kind of food, grain, which the Israelites grew in their land and which they could transport relatively easily. “Drink” means anything to drink, but it probably means wine, and “oil” probably means olive oil, because these were both also things that the Israelites produced and could transport. Alternate translation: “grain and wine and olive oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+EZR	3	7	4nzd	figs-idiom	וּ⁠מַאֲכָ֨ל וּ⁠מִשְׁתֶּ֜ה וָ⁠שֶׁ֗מֶן לַ⁠צִּֽדֹנִים֙ וְ⁠לַ⁠צֹּרִ֔ים	1		This phrase describes a further step that the Jewish leaders took to rebuild the temple. The words **they gave** earlier in the sentence apply to this phrase as well. **Gave** would now have the sense of **sent**, since the leaders made this payment in kind rather than in cash. Alternate translation: “They also sent grain and wine and olive oil to the people who lived in the cities of Sidon and Tyre.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+EZR	3	7	i65c	figs-synecdoche	וּ⁠מַאֲכָ֨ל וּ⁠מִשְׁתֶּ֜ה וָ⁠שֶׁ֗מֶן	1		While these are all general terms that describe categories of things, the book is likely using them to refer figuratively to specific items within each category. **Food** means anything to eat, but here it probably means one kind of food, grain, which the Israelites grew in their land and which they could transport relatively easily. **Drink** means anything to drink, but it probably means wine, and **oil** probably means olive oil, because these were both also things that the Israelites produced and could transport. Alternate translation: “grain and wine and olive oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 EZR	3	7	zqr4	translate-names	לַ⁠צִּֽדֹנִים֙ וְ⁠לַ⁠צֹּרִ֔ים	1		These are the names of two people groups. The terms describe the residents of the cities of Sidon and Tyre, which were located on the seacoast north of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EZR	3	7	yj5k	grammar-connect-logic-goal	לְ⁠הָבִיא֩	1		This phrase describes the purpose for which the Jewish leaders took the actions just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a term such as “so that” to indicate this. Alternate translation: “so that they would bring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-EZR	3	7	i1u7	translate-unknown	עֲצֵ֨י אֲרָזִ֤ים	1		The term “cedar” refers to a large fir tree with strong, beautiful, aromatic wood that was valued for construction. Such trees grew plentifully and to great heights in the region of Lebanon. Alternate translation: “cedar trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-EZR	3	7	zvt6	figs-idiom	מִן־הַ⁠לְּבָנוֹן֙ אֶל־יָ֣ם יָפ֔וֹא	1		The “sea of Joppa” is not the name of a body of water. Instead, that term refers to the coast of the Mediterranean Sea at the port city of Joppa. This full phrase means that the people of Tyre and Sidon were to cut cedar trees in Lebanon and transport them to Israel by floating them along the seacoast to the port of Joppa. Alternate translation: “by sea from Lebanon to Joppa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+EZR	3	7	i1u7	translate-unknown	עֲצֵ֨י אֲרָזִ֤ים	1		The term **cedar** refers to a large fir tree with strong, beautiful, aromatic wood that was valued for construction. Such trees grew plentifully and grew to great heights in the region of Lebanon. Alternate translation: “cedar trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+EZR	3	7	zvt6	figs-idiom	מִן־הַ⁠לְּבָנוֹן֙ אֶל־יָ֣ם יָפ֔וֹא	1		The **sea of Joppa** is not the name of a body of water. Instead, that term refers to the coast of the Mediterranean Sea at the port city of Joppa. This full phrase means that the people of Tyre and Sidon were to cut cedar trees in Lebanon and transport them to Israel by floating them along the seacoast to the port of Joppa. Alternate translation: “by sea from Lebanon to Joppa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EZR	3	7	gq2g	translate-names	הַ⁠לְּבָנוֹן֙	1		This is the name of a place. It was a mountainous region located along the coast of the Mediterranean Sea, north of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EZR	3	7	kya8	translate-names	יָפ֔וֹא	1		This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EZR	3	7	ze22	figs-activepassive	כְּ⁠רִשְׁי֛וֹן כּ֥וֹרֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרַ֖ס עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם	1	according to the permission they had from King Cyrus of Persia	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “King Cyrus of Persia had authorized them to do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EZR	3	7	5fm5	grammar-connect-logic-result	כְּ⁠רִשְׁי֛וֹן כּ֥וֹרֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרַ֖ס עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this sentence first in the verse, since it gives the reason for the actions that the rest of the verse describes. You could also show the connection by beginning the next sentence with a phrase such as “and so.” Alternate translation: “King Cyrus of Persia had authorized the Jewish leaders to get the materials they needed to rebuild the temple. And so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-EZR	3	8	ayx1	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וּ⁠בַ⁠שָּׁנָ֣ה הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֗ית ... בַּ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֑י	1		The word at the beginning of this phrase indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the events it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by saying something like, “Then, in the second month of the second year.” You could also indicate the specific amount of time that had passed since the time of the earlier events by saying something like, “Then, seven months later.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
+EZR	3	7	5fm5	grammar-connect-logic-result	כְּ⁠רִשְׁי֛וֹן כּ֥וֹרֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרַ֖ס עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this sentence first in the verse, since it gives the reason for the actions that the rest of the verse describes. You could also show the connection by beginning the next sentence with a phrase such as **and so**. Alternate translation: “King Cyrus of Persia had authorized the Jewish leaders to get the materials they needed to rebuild the temple. And so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+EZR	3	8	ayx1	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וּ⁠בַ⁠שָּׁנָ֣ה הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֗ית ... בַּ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֑י	1		The word at the beginning of this phrase indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the events it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by saying something like, **Then, in the second month of the second year**. You could also indicate the specific amount of time that had passed since the time of the earlier events by saying something like, **Then, seven months later**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 EZR	3	8	e0js	translate-ordinal	וּ⁠בַ⁠שָּׁנָ֣ה הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֗ית ... בַּ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֑י	1		Alternate translation: “in month 2 of year 2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 EZR	3	8	eh5s	translate-hebrewmonths	וּ⁠בַ⁠שָּׁנָ֣ה הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֗ית ... בַּ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֑י	1	in the second month	You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the numbers of the Hebrew day and month. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
-EZR	3	8	rs79	figs-explicit	וּ⁠בַ⁠שָּׁנָ֣ה הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֗ית לְ⁠בוֹאָ֞⁠ם אֶל־בֵּ֤ית הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙ לִ⁠יר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם	1		At this time, there was no temple in Jerusalem. So this phrase likely means one of two things. (1) The book could be referring implicitly to the purpose for which they came. In that case it would mean, “in the second year after they returned to Jerusalem in order to build a new temple there.” (2) The book could also be describing the return to Judah generally by referring to one prominent place in Judah, the temple site in Jerusalem. In that case it would mean, “in the second year after they returned from exile to the province of Judah to resettle there.” You could say either of those things as an alternate translation if that would be helpful to your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EZR	3	8	rs79	figs-explicit	וּ⁠בַ⁠שָּׁנָ֣ה הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֗ית לְ⁠בוֹאָ֞⁠ם אֶל־בֵּ֤ית הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙ לִ⁠יר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם	1		At this time, there was no temple in Jerusalem. So this phrase likely means one of two things. (1) The book could be referring implicitly to the purpose for which they came. In that case it would mean, **in the second year after they returned to Jerusalem in order to build a new temple there**. (2) The book could also be describing the return to Judah generally by referring to one prominent place in Judah, the temple site in Jerusalem. In that case it would mean, **in the second year after they returned from exile to the province of Judah to resettle there**. You could say either of those things as an alternate translation if that would be helpful to your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EZR	3	8	y8bn	figs-metaphor	בֵּ֤ית הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙	1	to the house of God	Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	3	8	ckj4	figs-explicit	בַּ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֑י	1	in the second year	The book does not say explicitly why the Jewish leaders started the actual construction of the new temple at this time. One possibility is that once they had ordered the necessary materials, as verse [7](../03/07.md) describes, it took seven months for enough materials to be delivered for construction to begin. Another possibility is that the leaders waited until spring because winter would have been a bad time to start building. Yet another possibility is that they wanted to lay the foundation of this new temple in the second month of the year for ceremonial reasons, because that was the month in which King Solomon had laid the foundation of the original temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say one of these things explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the second month, once they had received sufficient materials” or “in the second month, once the spring weather came” or “in the second month, the same month when King Solomon laid the foundation of the first temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EZR	3	8	wwz8	translate-names	זְרֻבָּבֶ֣ל בֶּן־שְׁ֠אַלְתִּיאֵל	1		Zerubbabel is the name of a man, and Shealtiel is the name of his father. See how you translated these names in [3:2] (../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EZR	3	8	fa38	translate-names	וְ⁠יֵשׁ֨וּעַ בֶּן־יֽוֹצָדָ֜ק	1	Jeshua…Jozadak	Jeshua is the name of a man, and Jozadak is the name of his father. See how you translated these names in [3:2] (../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	3	8	bzi5	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠שְׁאָ֥ר אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֣ם׀ הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְ⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֗ם	1		Here, “brothers” seems to be a figurative way of saying “fellow leaders,” since the priests and Levites were also leaders in the community like Zerubbabel the governor and Jeshua the high priest. Alternate translation: “their fellow leaders, the priests and Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EZR	3	8	hy61	figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠בָּאִים֙ מֵ⁠הַ⁠שְּׁבִ֣י	1		The abstract noun “captivity” refers to the way the Babylonians had transported many of the Jews away from their homeland when they conquered Jerusalem. (These included many of the parents or grandparents of the people here, but also some of these people themselves, as verse [12] (../03/12.md) indicates.) If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “and the rest of the people who had returned to Jerusalem from where their enemies had taken them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-EZR	3	8	8yam	figs-ellipsis	הֵחֵ֡לּוּ	1		Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. This most likely means “began to build a new temple.” You could say that as an alternate translation if it would be helpful to your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-EZR	3	8	tliz	grammar-connect-logic-goal	וַ⁠יַּעֲמִ֣ידוּ	1		This phrase describes the purpose for which the Jewish leaders took the actions that the rest of the verse describes. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a term such as “so” to indicate this. Alternate translation: “so they appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-EZR	3	8	hf5n	figs-idiom	אֶת־הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֗ם מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה	1	from twenty years old	Here “son of” is an idiom that indicates a person’s age. Alternate translation: “the Levites who were at least 20 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-EZR	3	8	7yhg	figs-ellipsis	לְ⁠נַצֵּ֖חַ עַל־מְלֶ֥אכֶת בֵּית־יְהוָֽה	1		In this context, “the work of the house” is an abbreviated way of referring to the project of constructing a new temple. Alternate translation: “to supervise the construction of a new temple for Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+EZR	3	8	bzi5	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠שְׁאָ֥ר אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֣ם׀ הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְ⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֗ם	1		Here, **brothers** seems to be a figurative way of saying **fellow leaders**, since the priests and Levites were also leaders in the community like Zerubbabel the governor and Jeshua the high priest. Alternate translation: “their fellow leaders, the priests and Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	3	8	hy61	figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠בָּאִים֙ מֵ⁠הַ⁠שְּׁבִ֣י	1		The abstract noun **captivity** refers to the way the Babylonians had transported many of the Jews away from their homeland when they conquered Jerusalem. (These included many of the parents or grandparents of the people here, but also some of these people themselves, as verse [12] (../03/12.md) indicates.) If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “and the rest of the people who had returned to Jerusalem from where their enemies had taken them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EZR	3	8	8yam	figs-ellipsis	הֵחֵ֡לּוּ	1		Here, the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. This most likely means **began to build a new temple**. You could say that as an alternate translation if it would be helpful to your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+EZR	3	8	tliz	grammar-connect-logic-goal	וַ⁠יַּעֲמִ֣ידוּ	1		This phrase describes the purpose for which the Jewish leaders took the actions that the rest of the verse describes. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a term such as **so** to indicate this. Alternate translation: “so they appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+EZR	3	8	hf5n	figs-idiom	אֶת־הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֗ם מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה	1	from twenty years old	Here, **son of** is an idiom that indicates a person’s age. Alternate translation: “the Levites who were at least 20 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+EZR	3	8	7yhg	figs-ellipsis	לְ⁠נַצֵּ֖חַ עַל־מְלֶ֥אכֶת בֵּית־יְהוָֽה	1		In this context, **the work of the house** is an abbreviated way of referring to the project of constructing a new temple. Alternate translation: “to supervise the construction of a new temple for Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 EZR	3	8	jfho		בֵּית־יְהוָֽה	1		See how you translated this expression in [1:3] (../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “a new temple for Yahweh”
 EZR	3	9	b5al	grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יַּעֲמֹ֣ד	1		This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EZR	3	9	s6i8	translate-names	יֵשׁ֡וּעַ	1	Jeshua…Henadad	This is the name of a man, but he is not the high priest mentioned in the previous verse. Rather, he is the Levite clan leader listed in [2:40] (../02/40.md) as one of the exiles who returned to Judah. See how you translated his name there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	3	9	up2g		בָּנָ֣י⁠ו וְ֠⁠אֶחָי⁠ו	1		The terms “sons” and “brothers” do not seem to be figurative here, as those terms likely are later in the verse. Rather, they would describe the biological sons and brothers of Jeshua as people who worked closely with him in supervising the construction of the new temple. So it would be appropriate to use the usual terms in your language for these close relationships.
+EZR	3	9	up2g		בָּנָ֣י⁠ו וְ֠⁠אֶחָי⁠ו	1		The terms **sons** and **brothers** do not seem to be figurative here, as those terms likely are later in the verse. Rather, they would describe the biological sons and brothers of Jeshua as people who worked closely with him in supervising the construction of the new temple. So it would be appropriate to use the usual terms in your language for these close relationships.
 EZR	3	9	r3rx	translate-names	קַדְמִיאֵ֨ל	1	Kadmiel	This is the name of a man. He is another Levite clan leader listed in [2:40] (../02/40.md). See how you translated his name there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	3	9	sc2u		וּ⁠בָנָ֤י⁠ו	1		Here as well the term “sons” does not seem to be figurative. Rather, it describes the biological sons of Kadmiel as people who helped supervise the temple construction.
-EZR	3	9	34q7	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵֽי־יְהוּדָה֙	1		But here “sons” does figuratively mean “descendants.” As [2:40] (../02/40.md) explains, Jeshua and Kadmiel were the leaders of two Levite clans that were both descended from a man named Hodaviah. Alternate translation: “who were all descendants of Hodaviah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	3	9	sc2u		וּ⁠בָנָ֤י⁠ו	1		Here as well the term **sons** does not seem to be figurative. Rather, it describes the biological sons of Kadmiel as people who helped supervise the temple construction.
+EZR	3	9	34q7	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵֽי־יְהוּדָה֙	1		But here **sons** does figuratively mean **descendants**. As [2:40] (../02/40.md) explains, Jeshua and Kadmiel were the leaders of two Levite clans that were both descended from a man named Hodaviah. Alternate translation: “who were all descendants of Hodaviah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	3	9	mrij	translate-names	יְהוּדָה֙	1		This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [2:40] (../02/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	3	9	4r9e	figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יַּעֲמֹ֣ד ... כְּ⁠אֶחָ֔ד לְ⁠נַצֵּ֛חַ עַל־עֹשֵׂ֥ה הַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֖ה	1		As in [2:63] (../02/63.md), “stood” is a figurative way of saying that a person assumed the duties of their office. Alternate translation: “joined together to supervise the workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EZR	3	9	myu1	figs-idiom	כְּ⁠אֶחָ֔ד	1		“As one” is an idiom that means these men all behaved as if they were a single person, that is, they all did the same thing, they worked unitedly towards a common goal. Alternate translation: “together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-EZR	3	9	mgw2		הַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֖ה בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים	1		As in [2:69] (../02/69.md) and [3:8] (../03/08.md), “the work” means the project of rebuilding the temple. Alternate translation: “the workers who were rebuilding the temple”
-EZR	3	9	ihtd	figs-explicit	בְּנֵי֙ חֵֽנָדָ֔ד בְּנֵי⁠הֶ֥ם וַ⁠אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠לְוִיִּֽם	1		The relationship of this list of names to the rest of the verse is not entirely clear. (1) One possibility is that it is a list of the people who did the actual construction work on the new temple, under the supervision of Jeshua, Kadmiel, and their relatives. (2) Another possibility is that the people listed here helped Jeshua, Kadmiel, and their relatives supervise other people who did the construction work. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say one of those things explicitly. Alternate translation: (1) “Those workers were the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad and all the other Levites,” or, (2) “The sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad and all the other Levites helped them supervise the workers.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-EZR	3	9	q6vn	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי֙ חֵֽנָדָ֔ד בְּנֵי⁠הֶ֥ם וַ⁠אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠לְוִיִּֽם	1		(1) “Their” could refer to Jeshua and Kadmiel, in which case “their brothers the Levites” would be a figurative way of saying “their fellow Levites,” as opposed to the biological brothers mentioned earlier in the verse. The phrase would refer to all the other Levites who had returned from exile. (2) However, “their” could also refer to the sons of Henadad. It would still mean “fellow Levites,” and it would indicate that those men were Levites themselves. Alternate translation: (1) “the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad and all the other Levites who had returned from exile” or (2) “the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad and the others who were Levites as they were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EZR	3	9	nyal	translate-names	בְּנֵי֙ חֵֽנָדָ֔ד בְּנֵי⁠הֶ֥ם	1		The “sons of Henadad” seems to mean the actual sons of a man named Henadad. “Their sons” seems to mean the actual sons of those men. The book does not mention Henadad anywhere else and it does not provide any further information about him, so it would probably be best simply to state his name. Alternate translation: “the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	3	10	zkmw	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וְ⁠יִסְּד֥וּ הַ⁠בֹּנִ֖ים אֶת־הֵיכַ֣ל יְהוָ֑ה	1		The word at the beginning of this sentence indicates that it will describe something that took place after the event the story has just related. (Specifically, now that all the necessary supervisors were in place, the construction work could begin.) If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a word such as “Then.” Alternate translation: “Then the builders laid the foundation of the new temple for Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
+EZR	3	9	4r9e	figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יַּעֲמֹ֣ד ... כְּ⁠אֶחָ֔ד לְ⁠נַצֵּ֛חַ עַל־עֹשֵׂ֥ה הַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֖ה	1		As in [2:63] (../02/63.md), **stood** is a figurative way of saying that a person assumed the duties of their office. Alternate translation: “joined together to supervise the workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	3	9	myu1	figs-idiom	כְּ⁠אֶחָ֔ד	1		**As one** is an idiom that means these men all behaved as if they were a single person, that is, they all did the same thing, they worked unitedly towards a common goal. Alternate translation: “together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+EZR	3	9	mgw2		הַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֖ה בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים	1		As in [2:69] (../02/69.md) and [3:8] (../03/08.md), **the work** means the project of rebuilding the temple. Alternate translation: “the workers who were rebuilding the temple”
+EZR	3	9	ihtd	figs-explicit	בְּנֵי֙ חֵֽנָדָ֔ד בְּנֵי⁠הֶ֥ם וַ⁠אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠לְוִיִּֽם	1		The relationship of this list of names to the rest of the verse is not entirely clear. (1) One possibility is that it is a list of the people who did the actual construction work on the new temple, under the supervision of Jeshua, Kadmiel, and their relatives. (2) Another possibility is that the people listed here helped Jeshua, Kadmiel, and their relatives supervise other people who did the construction work. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say one of those things explicitly. Alternate translation: (1) “Those workers were the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad and all the other Levites,” or, (2) “The sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad and all the other Levites helped them supervise the workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EZR	3	9	q6vn	figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי֙ חֵֽנָדָ֔ד בְּנֵי⁠הֶ֥ם וַ⁠אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠לְוִיִּֽם	1		(1) **Their** could refer to Jeshua and Kadmiel, in which case **their brothers the Levites** would be a figurative way of saying **their fellow Levites**, as opposed to the biological brothers mentioned earlier in the verse. The phrase would refer to all the other Levites who had returned from exile. (2) However, **their** could also refer to the sons of Henadad. It would still mean **fellow Levites**, and it would indicate that those men were Levites themselves. Alternate translation: (1) “the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad and all the other Levites who had returned from exile” or (2) “the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad and the others who were Levites as they were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	3	9	nyal	translate-names	בְּנֵי֙ חֵֽנָדָ֔ד בְּנֵי⁠הֶ֥ם	1		The **sons of Henadad** seems to mean the actual sons of a man named Henadad. **Their sons** seems to mean the actual sons of those men. The book does not mention Henadad anywhere else and it does not provide any further information about him, so it would probably be best simply to state his name. Alternate translation: “the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+EZR	3	10	zkmw	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וְ⁠יִסְּד֥וּ הַ⁠בֹּנִ֖ים אֶת־הֵיכַ֣ל יְהוָ֑ה	1		The word at the beginning of this sentence indicates that it will describe something that took place after the event the story has just related. (Specifically, now that all the necessary supervisors were in place, the construction work could begin.) If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a word such as **Then.** Alternate translation: “Then the builders laid the foundation of the new temple for Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 EZR	3	10	w1j9	figs-explicit	 וְ⁠יִסְּד֥וּ ... אֶת־הֵיכַ֣ל	1	laid the foundation	This likely means that the workers had done more than set stone blocks in place to support the temple walls. They had probably set the entire temple floor in stone. This would have allowed many of the people who had come for this celebration to stand within the site of the future temple. It would also have enabled the priests to wear their special garments and keep them clean. Alternate translation: “set the temple floor in stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-EZR	3	10	wkt7	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	 וְ⁠יִסְּד֥וּ	1		The word at the beginning of this sentence indicates that the event it describes took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship in this case by using a phrase such as “at that time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
-EZR	3	10	539g	figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יַּעֲמִידוּ֩ הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֨ים מְלֻבָּשִׁ֜ים בַּ⁠חֲצֹֽצְר֗וֹת	1		As in [2:63] (../02/69.md) and [3:9] (../03/09.md), “stood” is a figurative way of saying that a person assumed the duties of their office. Alternate translation: “they had the priests come to the temple site wearing their sacred garments and play their trumpets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	3	10	wkt7	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	 וְ⁠יִסְּד֥וּ	1		The word at the beginning of this sentence indicates that the event it describes took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship in this case by using a phrase such as **at that time**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
+EZR	3	10	539g	figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יַּעֲמִידוּ֩ הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֨ים מְלֻבָּשִׁ֜ים בַּ⁠חֲצֹֽצְר֗וֹת	1		As in [2:63] (../02/69.md) and [3:9] (../03/09.md), **stood** is a figurative way of saying that a person assumed the duties of their office. Alternate translation: “they had the priests come to the temple site wearing their sacred garments and play their trumpets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	3	10	kh7e	figs-activepassive	מְלֻבָּשִׁ֜ים	1	in their garments	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind this passive verb form with a phrase that uses an active form. Alternate translation: “wearing their sacred garments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EZR	3	10	dhpq	figs-explicit	וְ⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֤ם בְּנֵֽי־אָסָף֙ בַּֽ⁠מְצִלְתַּ֔יִם	1		The book expects readers to know that the Levites of this clan were vocal musicians who led the community in worship, particularly on ceremonial occasions such as this one. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they had the Levites who were descendants of Asaph sing and play their cymbals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-EZR	3	10	i9ce	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֤ם בְּנֵֽי־אָסָף֙	1		“Sons” here figuratively means “descendants” Alternate translation: “the Levites who were descendants of Asaph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	3	10	i9ce	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֤ם בְּנֵֽי־אָסָף֙	1		**Sons** here figuratively means **descendants** Alternate translation: “the Levites who were descendants of Asaph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	3	10	fvas	translate-names	אָסָף֙	1		Asaph is a man’s name. See how you translated it in [2:41] (../02/41.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EZR	3	10	v35v	translate-unknown	בַּֽ⁠מְצִלְתַּ֔יִם	1	with cymbals	Cymbals are two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-EZR	3	10	wpry	grammar-connect-logic-result	לְ⁠הַלֵּל֙ אֶת־יְהוָ֔ה עַל־יְדֵ֖י דָּוִ֥יד מֶֽלֶךְ־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1		You could make this phrase the second sentence in the verse, since it gives the reason for the results that would come afterwards, and you could show the connection by using a word like “so.” Alternate translation: “The leaders wanted to worship Yahweh to celebrate this occasion, and they wanted to do that in the way that King David of Israel had commanded. So …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+EZR	3	10	wpry	grammar-connect-logic-result	לְ⁠הַלֵּל֙ אֶת־יְהוָ֔ה עַל־יְדֵ֖י דָּוִ֥יד מֶֽלֶךְ־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1		You could make this phrase the second sentence in the verse, since it gives the reason for the results that would come afterwards, and you could show the connection by using a word like **so**. Alternate translation: “The leaders wanted to worship Yahweh to celebrate this occasion, and they wanted to do that in the way that King David of Israel had commanded. So …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EZR	3	10	t64z	figs-metonymy	יְדֵ֖י דָּוִ֥יד	1	the hands of David	Here, the hands of a king are used figuratively to represent his power to give commands. Alternate translation: “as David had commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EZR	3	10	3b0l	figs-informremind	דָּוִ֥יד מֶֽלֶךְ־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1		Here the book provides some background information to describe more fully who David was. Alternate translation: “King David of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
+EZR	3	10	3b0l	figs-informremind	דָּוִ֥יד מֶֽלֶךְ־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1		Here, the book provides some background information to describe more fully who David was. Alternate translation: “King David of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
 EZR	3	11	1jjk	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַֽ֠⁠יַּעֲנוּ	1		This word indicates that the sentence it introduces it will describe something that took place after the event the story has just related. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “Once all the musicians were in place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
-EZR	3	11	3w1v		 וַֽ֠⁠יַּעֲנוּ	1		“They” means the Levite singers. “In response” means that first one group of them sang something, and then a second group of them sang something in reply, possibly playing instruments as well. The groups likely did this repeatedly over the course of a given song. Alternate translation: “the Levites sang responsively” or “the Levites sang antiphonally”
+EZR	3	11	3w1v		 וַֽ֠⁠יַּעֲנוּ	1		**They** means the Levite singers. **In response** means that first one group of them sang something, and then a second group of them sang something in reply, possibly playing instruments as well. The groups likely did this repeatedly over the course of a given song. Alternate translation: “the Levites sang responsively” or “the Levites sang antiphonally”
 EZR	3	11	hgd5	figs-quotemarks	כִּ֣י ט֔וֹב כִּֽי־לְ⁠עוֹלָ֥ם חַסְדּ֖⁠וֹ עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	giving thanks	These are at least some of the words that the Levites sang on this occasion. Based on their other occurrences in the Bible, they may be the words to a refrain that the second group sang in response to verses that the first group sang. Or they may be the entire lyrics to a song that was sung for this celebration. Either way, it may be helpful to your readers to indicate that they are the words of the singers by setting off them with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-EZR	3	11	ut4a	figs-abstractnouns	כִּֽי־לְ⁠עוֹלָ֥ם חַסְדּ֖⁠וֹ עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	His covenant faithfulness to Israel is forever	The abstract noun “faithfulness” describes the quality of a person who will dependably keep their word and fulfill their responsibilities. “Covenant faithfulness” refers specifically to Yahweh keeping all of the promises he made to the people of Israel. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with an expression such as “keep promises.” Alternate translation: “Yahweh always keeps the promises he made to Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EZR	3	11	ut4a	figs-abstractnouns	כִּֽי־לְ⁠עוֹלָ֥ם חַסְדּ֖⁠וֹ עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	His covenant faithfulness to Israel is forever	The abstract noun **faithfulness** describes the quality of a person who will dependably keep their word and fulfill their responsibilities. **Covenant faithfulness** refers specifically to Yahweh keeping all of the promises he made to the people of Israel. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with an expression such as **keep promises**. Alternate translation: “Yahweh always keeps the promises he made to Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EZR	3	11	uqct	figs-activepassive	עַ֖ל הוּסַ֥ד בֵּית־יְהוָֽה	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “because the builders had laid the foundation of Yahweh’s temple” or “because the builders had set the temple floor in stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 
-EZR	3	12	h0i1	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	 וְ⁠רַבִּ֡ים	1		This word indicates that the sentence it introduces will draw a contrast. That contrast is specifically between the joyful way readers would expect all the Israelites to have responded on this occasion and the sorrowful way that some of them responded. You could use a word such as “however” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-EZR	3	12	4q1v	figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠רָאשֵׁ֨י הָ⁠אָב֜וֹת	1		As in [1:5] (../01/05.md), this is an abbreviated way of saying “the heads of father’s houses.” Review the explanatory note to this phrase in [1:5] (../01/05.md) if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+EZR	3	12	h0i1	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	 וְ⁠רַבִּ֡ים	1		This word indicates that the sentence it introduces will draw a contrast. That contrast is specifically between the joyful way readers would expect all the Israelites to have responded on this occasion and the sorrowful way that some of them responded. You could use a word such as **however** to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+EZR	3	12	4q1v	figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠רָאשֵׁ֨י הָ⁠אָב֜וֹת	1		As in [1:5] (../01/05.md), this is an abbreviated way of saying **the heads of father’s houses**. Review the explanatory note to this phrase in [1:5] (../01/05.md) if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 EZR	3	12	96gu	writing-background	הַ⁠זְּקֵנִ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֨ר רָא֜וּ אֶת־הַ⁠בַּ֤יִת	1		This phrase provides background information to identify these specific priests, Levites, and clan leaders further. Alternate translation: “who were old enough to have seen the first temple before it was destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-EZR	3	12	wzqy	figs-explicit	בֹּכִ֖ים בְּ⁠ק֣וֹל גָּד֑וֹל	1		The book does not say specifically why these older leaders who had seen the first temple were weeping. One possibility is that they felt grief and loss because they remembered the first temple in all of its glory and they could not imagine that this replacement would ever be as splendid. Another possibility is that seeing the community begin to restore its temple brought back memories of the terrible days in which the original temple had been destroyed and the people had had to leave their homes and go into exile. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say one of these things explicitly. Alternate translation: “wept loudly because they thought this new temple could never be as glorious as the first one” or “wept loudly because they remembered how the first temple had been destroyed” or just “wept loudly, remembering the past.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-EZR	3	12	yarf	figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠יָסְד֔⁠וֹ זֶ֤ה הַ⁠בַּ֨יִת֙ בְּ⁠עֵ֣ינֵי⁠הֶ֔ם	1		As in verse [6] (../03/06.md), “founding” means to begin construction on a building. It is a reference to the first step, laying a foundation, though it may mean starting the project generally. “Eyes” figuratively represent sight. So this phrase means “when construction began on the temple in their sight.” Alternate translation: “began to weep when they saw the foundation that the builders had laid for this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EZR	3	12	xj13	figs-metaphor	אֶת־הַ⁠בַּ֤יִת הָֽ⁠רִאשׁוֹן֙ ... זֶ֤ה הַ⁠בַּ֨יִת֙	1	first house	As often in this book, “house” is a metaphor for “temple.” Alternate translation: “the first temple … this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EZR	3	12	rmy5	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וְ⁠רַבִּ֛ים	1	before their eyes	The word “yet” indicates a contrast between what the people just described were doing and what the people who will be described next were doing. You could indicate this contrast by saying something like, “But many others.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+EZR	3	12	wzqy	figs-explicit	בֹּכִ֖ים בְּ⁠ק֣וֹל גָּד֑וֹל	1		The book does not say specifically why these older leaders who had seen the first temple were weeping. One possibility is that they felt grief and loss because they remembered the first temple in all of its glory and they could not imagine that this replacement would ever be as splendid. Another possibility is that seeing the community begin to restore its temple brought back memories of the terrible days in which the original temple had been destroyed and the people had had to leave their homes and go into exile. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say one of these things explicitly. Alternate translation: “wept loudly because they thought this new temple could never be as glorious as the first one” or “wept loudly because they remembered how the first temple had been destroyed” or just “wept loudly, remembering the past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EZR	3	12	yarf	figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠יָסְד֔⁠וֹ זֶ֤ה הַ⁠בַּ֨יִת֙ בְּ⁠עֵ֣ינֵי⁠הֶ֔ם	1		As in verse [6] (../03/06.md), **founding** means to begin construction on a building. It is a reference to the first step, laying a foundation, though it may mean starting the project generally. **Eyes** figuratively represent sight. So this phrase means **when construction began on the temple in their sight**. Alternate translation: “began to weep when they saw the foundation that the builders had laid for this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+EZR	3	12	xj13	figs-metaphor	אֶת־הַ⁠בַּ֤יִת הָֽ⁠רִאשׁוֹן֙ ... זֶ֤ה הַ⁠בַּ֨יִת֙	1	first house	As often in this book, **house** is a metaphor for **temple**. Alternate translation: “the first temple … this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	3	12	rmy5	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וְ⁠רַבִּ֛ים	1	before their eyes	The word **yet** indicates a contrast between what the people just described were doing and what the people who will be described next were doing. You could indicate this contrast by saying something like, “But many others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 EZR	3	12	d9tw	figs-idiom	וְ⁠רַבִּ֛ים בִּ⁠תְרוּעָ֥ה בְ⁠שִׂמְחָ֖ה לְ⁠הָרִ֥ים קֽוֹל	1	wept with a loud voice	To lift up a voice is an idiom that means to speak, shout, or sing loudly. Alternate translation: “many others were giving loud, happy shouts.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-EZR	3	12	onuv	figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠רַבִּ֛ים בִּ⁠תְרוּעָ֥ה בְ⁠שִׂמְחָ֖ה לְ⁠הָרִ֥ים קֽוֹל	1		The idea behind the abstract noun “joy” can be expressed with an adjective such as “happy.” Alternate translation: “many others were giving loud, happy shouts.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EZR	3	12	onuv	figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠רַבִּ֛ים בִּ⁠תְרוּעָ֥ה בְ⁠שִׂמְחָ֖ה לְ⁠הָרִ֥ים קֽוֹל	1		The idea behind the abstract noun **joy** can be expressed with an adjective such as **happy**. Alternate translation: “many others were giving loud, happy shouts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EZR	3	13	isem	grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠אֵ֣ין	1		This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-EZR	3	13	fpsh	grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠אֵ֣ין הָ⁠עָ֗ם מַכִּירִים֙ ק֚וֹל תְּרוּעַ֣ת הַ⁠שִּׂמְחָ֔ה לְ⁠ק֖וֹל בְּכִ֣י הָ⁠עָ֑ם כִּ֣י הָ⁠עָ֗ם מְרִיעִים֙ תְּרוּעָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֔ה	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because the people who were happy were shouting so loudly, no one at the ceremony could distinguish their cries from the weeping of those who had seen the first temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-EZR	3	13	u6pc	figs-explicit	וְ⁠אֵ֣ין הָ⁠עָ֗ם מַכִּירִים֙ ק֚וֹל תְּרוּעַ֣ת הַ⁠שִּׂמְחָ֔ה לְ⁠ק֖וֹל בְּכִ֣י הָ⁠עָ֑ם כִּ֣י הָ⁠עָ֗ם מְרִיעִים֙ תְּרוּעָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֔ה	1		In its first occurrence here, the phrase “the people” means all the Israelites who had gathered for this ceremony. In its second occurrence, the phrase refers to one group of them, the older leaders who had seen the first temple and were weeping. In its third occurrence, it refers to another group of them, the younger Israelites who were shouting for joy. Alternate translation: “because the people who were happy were shouting so loudly, no one at the ceremony could distinguish their cries from the weeping of those who had seen the first temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EZR	3	13	fpsh	grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠אֵ֣ין הָ⁠עָ֗ם מַכִּירִים֙ ק֚וֹל תְּרוּעַ֣ת הַ⁠שִּׂמְחָ֔ה לְ⁠ק֖וֹל בְּכִ֣י הָ⁠עָ֑ם כִּ֣י הָ⁠עָ֗ם מְרִיעִים֙ תְּרוּעָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֔ה	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because the people who were happy were shouting so loudly, no one at the ceremony could distinguish their cries from the weeping of those who had seen the first temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+EZR	3	13	u6pc	figs-explicit	וְ⁠אֵ֣ין הָ⁠עָ֗ם מַכִּירִים֙ ק֚וֹל תְּרוּעַ֣ת הַ⁠שִּׂמְחָ֔ה לְ⁠ק֖וֹל בְּכִ֣י הָ⁠עָ֑ם כִּ֣י הָ⁠עָ֗ם מְרִיעִים֙ תְּרוּעָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֔ה	1		In its first occurrence here, the phrase **the people** means all the Israelites who had gathered for this ceremony. In its second occurrence, the phrase refers to one group of them, the older leaders who had seen the first temple and were weeping. In its third occurrence, it refers to another group of them, the younger Israelites who were shouting for joy. Alternate translation: “because the people who were happy were shouting so loudly, no one at the ceremony could distinguish their cries from the weeping of those who had seen the first temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EZR	3	13	rvdj	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠הַ⁠קּ֥וֹל נִשְׁמַ֖ע עַד־לְ⁠מֵ⁠רָחֽוֹק	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “The combined sound was so loud that those who lived far away from Jerusalem could hear it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EZR	4	intro	x878			0		# Ezra 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of the temple worship continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Helping to build the temple<br>The people of the surrounding nations offered to help to build the temple. It is unknown why the Jews refused their help. These other people became their enemies and tried to hinder the work. They even persuaded the king of Persia to stop the Jews from building.
 EZR	4	1	v368	writing-background	וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁמְע֔וּ	0	General Information:	This word indicates that the sentence it introduces will provide background information that will be needed to understand what the book describes next. You can translate it with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-EZR	4	1	miqb	figs-personification	יְהוּדָ֖ה וּ⁠בִנְיָמִ֑ן	0		Here the book is referring figuratively to the people who came from the tribe of Judah as if they were a single person, their ancestor Judah. It is referring similarly to the people of the tribe of Benjamin as if they were a single person, their ancestor Benjamin. Alternate translation: “the people of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin,” however, see the next note for a further possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-EZR	4	1	i4dx	figs-hendiadys	יְהוּדָ֖ה וּ⁠בִנְיָמִ֑ן	0		Here the book may be expressing a single idea figuratively by using two words connected with “and.” Together the two words may be a way of referring to all of the Israelites, since at this point the community consisted essentially of people from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
-EZR	4	1	vflf	figs-synecdoche	 וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁמְע֔וּ ... כִּֽי־בְנֵ֤י הַ⁠גּוֹלָה֙ בּוֹנִ֣ים הֵיכָ֔ל	0		“Heard” means that these enemies learned by some means that the Jews were doing this. The book is figuratively using hearing, one means of discovering things, to describe the enemies learning this. Alternate translation: “learned that the Jews who had returned from exile were building a temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+EZR	4	1	miqb	figs-personification	יְהוּדָ֖ה וּ⁠בִנְיָמִ֑ן	0		Here, the book is referring figuratively to the people who came from the tribe of Judah as if they were a single person, their ancestor Judah. It is referring similarly to the people of the tribe of Benjamin as if they were a single person, their ancestor Benjamin. Alternate translation: “the people of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin,” however, see the next note for a further possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+EZR	4	1	i4dx	figs-hendiadys	יְהוּדָ֖ה וּ⁠בִנְיָמִ֑ן	0		Here, the book may be expressing a single idea figuratively by using two words connected with **and**. Together the two words may be a way of referring to all of the Israelites, since at this point the community consisted essentially of people from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
+EZR	4	1	vflf	figs-synecdoche	 וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁמְע֔וּ ... כִּֽי־בְנֵ֤י הַ⁠גּוֹלָה֙ בּוֹנִ֣ים הֵיכָ֔ל	0		**Heard** means that these enemies learned by some means that the Jews were doing this. The book is figuratively using hearing, one means of discovering things, to describe the enemies learning this. Alternate translation: “learned that the Jews who had returned from exile were building a temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 EZR	4	1	syf6	figs-idiom	בְנֵ֤י הַ⁠גּוֹלָה֙	1		As indicated in [2:1](../02/01.md) and [8:35](../08/35.md), the phrase **the sons of the exile** refers specifically to the group of Jewish people who returned to the land of Judah from Babylon after King Nebuchadnezzar had conquered Jerusalem and has taken many Jews as captives to Babylon. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned from exile” or “the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EZR	4	1	czf3	figs-informremind	לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1		This phrase provides further background information about Yahweh and it likely expresses the perspective of the enemies on the situation. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God they worshipped” or “Yahweh, the God whom the people of Israel worshipped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
 EZR	4	2	dkbu	grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יִּגְּשׁ֨וּ	1		This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EZR	4	2	spx4	translate-names	זְרֻבָּבֶ֜ל	1	Zerubbabel	This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [2:2] (../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	4	2	zcwc	figs-ellipsis	רָאשֵׁ֣י הָֽ⁠אָב֗וֹת	1		As in [1:5] (../01/05.md) and elsewhere in the book, this is an abbreviated way of saying “the heads of father’s houses.” Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+EZR	4	2	zcwc	figs-ellipsis	רָאשֵׁ֣י הָֽ⁠אָב֗וֹת	1		As in [1:5] (../01/05.md) and elsewhere in the book, this is an abbreviated way of saying **the heads of father’s houses**. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 EZR	4	2	6xyv	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֤וּ לָ⁠הֶם֙ נִבְנֶ֣ה עִמָּ⁠כֶ֔ם	1		Since the book says in the previous verse that these people were enemies of the Jews, the implication is that they were not sincere when they claimed that they wanted to help build the temple. Instead, they were probably looking for a way to thwart the building project from within. The Jewish leaders refused their offer, and that suggests that they themselves suspected that these people were insincere. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say something like that explicitly. Alternate translation: “pretending to be sincere, they said to them, ‘We would like to help you build the temple …’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-EZR	4	2	yrms	figs-idiom	נִדְר֖וֹשׁ לֵֽ⁠אלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֑ם	1		Here “seek” is an idiom that means to worship and pray to God or a god. Alternate translation: “we worship your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-EZR	4	2	1fnu	figs-idiom	מִ⁠ימֵי֙ אֵסַ֤ר חַדֹּן֙	1		The term “days” is used figuratively here to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “since the time of Esarhaddon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+EZR	4	2	yrms	figs-idiom	נִדְר֖וֹשׁ לֵֽ⁠אלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֑ם	1		Here, **seek** is an idiom that means to worship and pray to God or a god. Alternate translation: “we worship your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+EZR	4	2	1fnu	figs-idiom	מִ⁠ימֵי֙ אֵסַ֤ר חַדֹּן֙	1		The term **days** is used figuratively here to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “since the time of Esarhaddon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EZR	4	2	yx1s	translate-names	אֵסַ֤ר חַדֹּן֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ אַשּׁ֔וּר	1	Esarhaddon, king of Assyria	Esarhaddon is the name of a man, and Assyria is the name of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	4	2	to8y	figs-idiom	הַ⁠מַּעֲלֶ֥ה אֹתָ֖⁠נוּ פֹּֽה	1		These men say that Esarhaddon brought them “up” to this land because it is mountainous and, as [4:9] (../04/09.md) indicates, their ancestors formerly lived in lowland areas. Alternate translation: “the one who brought us here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-EZR	4	3	0kli	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	 וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֩	1		This word indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between what the men asked and what the Jewish leaders were prepared to allow. You could begin the sentence with a word like “however” or “nevertheless” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+EZR	4	2	to8y	figs-idiom	הַ⁠מַּעֲלֶ֥ה אֹתָ֖⁠נוּ פֹּֽה	1		These men say that Esarhaddon brought them **up** to this land because it is mountainous and, as [4:9] (../04/09.md) indicates, their ancestors formerly lived in lowland areas. Alternate translation: “the one who brought us here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+EZR	4	3	0kli	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	 וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֩	1		This word indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between what the men asked and what the Jewish leaders were prepared to allow. You could begin the sentence with a word like **however** or **nevertheless** to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 EZR	4	3	xp3f	translate-names	זְרֻבָּבֶ֜ל וְ⁠יֵשׁ֗וּעַ	1	Jeshua	These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [2:2] (../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	4	3	9bhq	figs-ellipsis	רָאשֵׁ֤י הָֽ⁠אָבוֹת֙	1		This is an abbreviated way of saying “the heads of father’s houses.” Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+EZR	4	3	9bhq	figs-ellipsis	רָאשֵׁ֤י הָֽ⁠אָבוֹת֙	1		This is an abbreviated way of saying **the heads of father’s houses**. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 EZR	4	3	cuza		רָאשֵׁ֤י הָֽ⁠אָבוֹת֙	1		See how you translated this expression in [1:5] (../01/05.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” 
-EZR	4	3	isv8	figs-idiom	לֹֽא־לָ֣⁠כֶם וָ⁠לָ֔⁠נוּ	1	You may not build a house for our God with us	This expression is an idiom that means “it is for us alone.” Alternate translation: “You may not help us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+EZR	4	3	isv8	figs-idiom	לֹֽא־לָ֣⁠כֶם וָ⁠לָ֔⁠נוּ	1	You may not build a house for our God with us	This expression is an idiom that means **it is for us alone**. Alternate translation: “You may not help us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EZR	4	3	bl6x	figs-metaphor	בַּ֖יִת לֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ	1		Alternate translation: “a temple for our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EZR	4	3	jpin	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	כִּי֩	1		This word indicates that the clause it introduces draws a contrast between what the men asked and what the Jewish leaders were prepared to allow. To indicate this contrast, you could begin the sentence with a word or phrase such as “no,” “rather,” or “on the contrary.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-EZR	4	3	2kgy	figs-exclusive	אֲנַ֨חְנוּ יַ֜חַד נִבְנֶ֗ה לַֽ⁠יהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1		“We ourselves” here does not include the addressees. If your language marks that distinction, be sure that this is clear in your translation. “Together” does not mean the Jewish people and these foreign peoples together. It means the whole Jewish community together. Alternate translation: “It is all of us Israelites who will build a temple for Yahweh, the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+EZR	4	3	jpin	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	כִּי֩	1		This word indicates that the clause it introduces draws a contrast between what the men asked and what the Jewish leaders were prepared to allow. To indicate this contrast, you could begin the sentence with a word or phrase such as **no**, **rather**, or **on the contrary**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+EZR	4	3	2kgy	figs-exclusive	אֲנַ֨חְנוּ יַ֜חַד נִבְנֶ֗ה לַֽ⁠יהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1		**We ourselves** here does not include the addressees. If your language marks that distinction, be sure that this is clear in your translation. **Together** does not mean the Jewish people and these foreign peoples together. It means the whole Jewish community together. Alternate translation: “It is all of us Israelites who will build a temple for Yahweh, the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 EZR	4	3	vez9	figs-informremind	אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1		See the note to [4:1] (../04/01.md) about the significance of this phrase. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
-EZR	4	3	2qpr	figs-explicit	כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר צִוָּ֔⁠נוּ הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ כּ֥וֹרֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרָֽס	1		It is implicit in the story that the Jewish leaders know that they cannot trust these foreign leaders, whom the story describes as their “enemies.” The Jewish leaders suggest indirectly that they do not accept their claim to be devotees of Yahweh. They say, “It is not for you … to build a house for our God,” and they describe Yahweh as the “God of Israel” exclusively. But apparently they cannot contradict the claim directly, perhaps for reasons of etiquette and diplomacy. Instead, it seems that they find convenient grounds to exclude foreigners from the temple project in the literal wording of the proclamation that Cyrus issued: “Whoever among you is from all his people … may he build the house of Yahweh, the God of Israel.” It may be possible in your translation to translate this phrase in such a way that your readers will implicitly recognize it as the convenient excuse it apparently is. Alternate translation: “After all, that is what King Cyrus of Persia commanded.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EZR	4	3	2qpr	figs-explicit	כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר צִוָּ֔⁠נוּ הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ כּ֥וֹרֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרָֽס	1		It is implicit in the story that the Jewish leaders know that they cannot trust these foreign leaders, whom the story describes as their **enemies**. The Jewish leaders suggest indirectly that they do not accept their claim to be devotees of Yahweh. They say, **It is not for you … to build a house for our God**, and they describe Yahweh as the **God of Israel** exclusively. But apparently they cannot contradict the claim directly, perhaps for reasons of etiquette and diplomacy. Instead, it seems that they find convenient grounds to exclude foreigners from the temple project in the literal wording of the proclamation that Cyrus issued: **Whoever among you is from all his people … may he build the house of Yahweh, the God of Israel**. It may be possible in your translation to translate this phrase in such a way that your readers will implicitly recognize it as the convenient excuse it apparently is. Alternate translation: “After all, that is what King Cyrus of Persia commanded.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EZR	4	4	j0ej	writing-newevent	וַ⁠יְהִי֙	1		In Hebrew storytelling, this is a common way of introducing a new event. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 EZR	4	4	d9da	figs-idiom	עַם־הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	the people of the land	This expression refers to the non-Israelite people groups, listed in [4:9] (../04/09.md), whom the Assyrian kings Esarhaddon and Ashurbanipal had brought to live in the area just north of Judah in the century before the Jews were taken away into exile themselves. When the Jews returned to their homeland, those foreign groups were still living nearby. Alternate translation: “the foreign people groups living nearby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-EZR	4	4	n1m9	figs-parallelism	וַ⁠יְהִי֙…מְרַפִּ֖ים יְדֵ֣י עַם־יְהוּדָ֑ה וּֽמְבַהֲלִ֥ים אוֹתָ֖⁠ם לִ⁠בְנֽוֹת	1	made the hands of the people of Judah weak	These two phrases mean similar things. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “making the people of Judah so intimidated that they stopped working on the temple” However, there is a slight distinction between the phrases. The first one describes how the people felt inwardly, and the second one explains what effect this had on their outward actions. So you could also translate the phrases separately. Alternate translation: “intimidating the people of Judah, so that they were too afraid to keep working on the temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-EZR	4	4	7ih7	figs-metaphor	 וַ⁠יְהִי֙...מְרַפִּ֖ים יְדֵ֣י עַם־יְהוּדָ֑ה	1		Here “hand” figuratively represents power and action, so “weakening the hand” means to make someone so discouraged or intimidated that they do not use their power to act. Alternate translation: “intimidating the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	4	4	n1m9	figs-parallelism	וַ⁠יְהִי֙…מְרַפִּ֖ים יְדֵ֣י עַם־יְהוּדָ֑ה וּֽמְבַהֲלִ֥ים אוֹתָ֖⁠ם לִ⁠בְנֽוֹת	1	made the hands of the people of Judah weak	These two phrases mean similar things. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “making the people of Judah so intimidated that they stopped working on the temple” However, there is a slight distinction between the phrases. The first one describes how the people felt inwardly, and the second one explains what effect this had on their outward actions. So you could also translate the phrases separately. Alternate translation: “intimidating the people of Judah, so that they were too afraid to keep working on the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+EZR	4	4	7ih7	figs-metaphor	 וַ⁠יְהִי֙...מְרַפִּ֖ים יְדֵ֣י עַם־יְהוּדָ֑ה	1		Here, **hand** figuratively represents power and action, so **weakening the hand** means to make someone so discouraged or intimidated that they do not use their power to act. Alternate translation: “intimidating the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	4	4	aq32		עַם־יְהוּדָ֑ה	1	the people of Judah	In this context, this expression does not mean all the inhabitants of the province of Judah, whatever their nationality, but rather specifically the Jews who returned from exile and settled there. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned from exile and settled in the province of Judah”
-EZR	4	5	7dut	translate-unknown	וְ⁠סֹכְרִ֧ים עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֛ם יוֹעֲצִ֖ים	1		“Counselors” means royal advisors in the Persian court. The enemies of the Jews were bribing them to try to get them to influence the king against the Jews. Alternate translation: “bribing royal advisors to work against the Jews in the Persian court” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+EZR	4	5	7dut	translate-unknown	וְ⁠סֹכְרִ֧ים עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֛ם יוֹעֲצִ֖ים	1		**Counselors** means royal advisors in the Persian court. The enemies of the Jews were bribing them to try to get them to influence the king against the Jews. Alternate translation: “bribing royal advisors to work against the Jews in the Persian court” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EZR	4	5	kd9a		לְ⁠הָפֵ֣ר עֲצָתָ֑⁠ם	1	to frustrate their plans	Alternate translation: “to keep them from successfully rebuilding the temple”
-EZR	4	5	jlap	figs-idiom	כָּל־יְמֵ֗י כּ֚וֹרֶשׁ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס	1		The term “days” is used figuratively here to refer to a particular period of time. In this context, it would mean specifically the nine years from 538 BC, when Cyrus conquered Babylon and became ruler of the Jews, to 529 BC, when he died. Alternate translation: “throughout the rest of the reign of Cyrus as king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+EZR	4	5	jlap	figs-idiom	כָּל־יְמֵ֗י כּ֚וֹרֶשׁ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס	1		The term **days** is used figuratively here to refer to a particular period of time. In this context, it would mean specifically the nine years from 538 BC, when Cyrus conquered Babylon and became ruler of the Jews, to 529 BC, when he died. Alternate translation: “throughout the rest of the reign of Cyrus as king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EZR	4	5	tq7w	figs-explicit	וְ⁠עַד־מַלְכ֖וּת דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרָֽס	1		Darius did not succeed Cyrus directly, and so this means that the enemy opposition continued throughout the reigns of the successors of Cyrus, until Darius became king. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and throughout the reign of his successors, until Darius became king of Persia.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EZR	4	5	8y4b	translate-names	דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ	1		This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EZR	4	6	o931	writing-background	 וּ⁠בְ⁠מַלְכוּת֙	1		<br><br>This word indicates that the sentence it introduces will provide some background information. You can translate it with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])<br><br><br><br>
 EZR	4	6	zxv3	figs-explicit	 וּ⁠בְ⁠מַלְכוּת֙ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֔וֹשׁ בִּ⁠תְחִלַּ֖ת מַלְכוּת֑⁠וֹ	1		Ahasuerus actually ruled the Persian Empire after Darius, who was his father. So here the book is presenting some events out of chronological order. That is, it is telling about some things that happened later, before finishing the story of what happened at this time. In verse [24] (../04/24.md) the book will bring readers back to where it left off in verse [5] (../04/05.md), and then, in chapter [5] (../05/01.md), it will describe how work on rebuilding the temple did resume under the reign of Darius. But first it gives accounts here of how the enemies of the Jews continued to oppose them under two later kings, Ahasuerus (described in this verse) and Artaxerxes (described in verses [7–23] (../04/07.md)). The purpose may be to show that the Jews were wise to refuse the help that leaders from other nations offered, as described in verses [1–3] (../04/01.md). Since those leaders were actually enemies of the Jews, as they demonstrated by opposing them under one king after another, their offer was not sincere and they could not be trusted. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact, they continued to oppose them under later kings. As soon as Ahasuerus succeeded his father Darius as king …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EZR	4	6	k3fy	translate-names	אֲחַשְׁוֵר֔וֹשׁ	1		This is the name of a man. He is better known as Xerxes, so you could use that name for him in your translation if it would be clearer for your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EZR	4	6	iaw6	figs-explicit	כָּתְב֣וּ שִׂטְנָ֔ה עַל־יֹשְׁבֵ֥י יְהוּדָ֖ה וִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם	1	wrote an accusation against the inhabitants of Judah and Jerusalem	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what the enemies of the Jews accused them of doing. (The book provides the text of their letter in verses [11–16] (../04/11.md), but it might be helpful to provide a summary in advance.) Alternate translation: “they wrote a letter in which they accused the Jews who had returned to Judah and Jerusalem of wanting to revolt against the king and stop paying taxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-EZR	4	6	z7sk	figs-abstractnouns	כָּתְב֣וּ שִׂטְנָ֔ה	1		The abstract noun “accusation” refers to what the enemies of the Jews said about them in the letter that they sent to the king. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as “accuse.” Alternate translation: “they wrote a letter in which they accused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EZR	4	6	z7sk	figs-abstractnouns	כָּתְב֣וּ שִׂטְנָ֔ה	1		The abstract noun **accusation** refers to what the enemies of the Jews said about them in the letter that they sent to the king. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as **accuse**. Alternate translation: “they wrote a letter in which they accused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EZR	4	6	o4k9	figs-metonymy	כָּתְב֣וּ שִׂטְנָ֔ה	1		Another way to view this phrase is that the book is referring figuratively to the physical letter by reference to something associated with it, its content, that is, what the enemies of the Jews said about them in it. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a concrete term that explains the meaning of the figurative expression. Alternate translation: “they wrote a letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EZR	4	6	kzu9		יֹשְׁבֵ֥י יְהוּדָ֖ה וִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם	1		In this context, this expression does not mean all the inhabitants of the province of Judah and the city of Jerusalem, whatever their nationality, but rather the Jews who returned from exile and settled in those places. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned from exile and settled in Judah and Jerusalem”
-EZR	4	7	mmwa	grammar-connect-time-sequential	 וּ⁠בִ⁠ימֵ֣י	1		This word indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a word such as “Then.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
-EZR	4	7	8drm	figs-idiom	וּ⁠בִ⁠ימֵ֣י אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֗שְׂתָּא	1		The term “days” is used figuratively here to refer a particular period of time. In this context, it means during the reign of the next Persian king, Artaxerxes, the son of Ahasuerus (Xerxes). Alternate translation: “during the reign of Artaxerxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+EZR	4	7	mmwa	grammar-connect-time-sequential	 וּ⁠בִ⁠ימֵ֣י	1		This word indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a word such as **Then**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
+EZR	4	7	8drm	figs-idiom	וּ⁠בִ⁠ימֵ֣י אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֗שְׂתָּא	1		The term **days** is used figuratively here to refer a particular period of time. In this context, it means during the reign of the next Persian king, Artaxerxes, the son of Ahasuerus (Xerxes). Alternate translation: “during the reign of Artaxerxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EZR	4	7	55xb	figs-explicit	וּ⁠בִ⁠ימֵ֣י אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֗שְׂתָּא	1		If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that Artaxerxes was the next king of Persia. Alternate translation: “during the reign of the next Persian king, Artaxerxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EZR	4	7	xw38	translate-names	אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֗שְׂתָּא	1		This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EZR	4	7	x91s	translate-names	בִּשְׁלָ֜ם מִתְרְדָ֤ת טָֽבְאֵל֙	1	Bishlam…Mithredath…Tabeel	These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	4	7	zjhh		וּ⁠שְׁאָ֣ר כנותו	1		The term “companion” here describes someone who holds a similar position. Alternate translation: “his associates”
-EZR	4	7	hdnj	writing-background	⁠כְתָב֙ הַֽ⁠נִּשְׁתְּוָ֔ן כָּת֥וּב אֲרָמִ֖ית וּ⁠מְתֻרְגָּ֥ם אֲרָמִֽית	1		This is background information that helps readers understand how these officials went about writing to the king. Aramaic was the official language for government correspondence within the Persian empire. These officials apparently spoke Samaritan, a language similar to Hebrew. So they had someone express their message for them in the Aramaic language. The term “translated” does not necessarily indicate that the officials first wrote out their letter in Samaritan, and then someone translated it into Aramaic for them. Instead, they may have told someone what they wanted to say, and that person composed the letter in Aramaic. Since Aramaic also used differently shaped letters from the ones that Hebrew and Samaritan used, that person wrote the letter using those characters. Alternate translation: “These officials arranged for someone to write their letter for them in the Aramaic script and language.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+EZR	4	7	zjhh		וּ⁠שְׁאָ֣ר כנותו	1		The term **companion** here describes someone who holds a similar position. Alternate translation: “his associates”
+EZR	4	7	hdnj	writing-background	⁠כְתָב֙ הַֽ⁠נִּשְׁתְּוָ֔ן כָּת֥וּב אֲרָמִ֖ית וּ⁠מְתֻרְגָּ֥ם אֲרָמִֽית	1		This is background information that helps readers understand how these officials went about writing to the king. Aramaic was the official language for government correspondence within the Persian empire. These officials apparently spoke Samaritan, a language similar to Hebrew. So they had someone express their message for them in the Aramaic language. The term **translated** does not necessarily indicate that the officials first wrote out their letter in Samaritan, and then someone translated it into Aramaic for them. Instead, they may have told someone what they wanted to say, and that person composed the letter in Aramaic. Since Aramaic also used differently shaped letters from the ones that Hebrew and Samaritan used, that person wrote the letter using those characters. Alternate translation: “These officials arranged for someone to write their letter for them in the Aramaic script and language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 EZR	4	7	jl52	figs-activepassive	הַֽ⁠נִּשְׁתְּוָ֔ן כָּת֥וּב	1	the letter	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “These officials arranged for someone to write their letter for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EZR	4	7	ym9r	figs-explicit	וּ⁠מְתֻרְגָּ֥ם אֲרָמִֽית	1	translated	We might expect that logically this phrase would come before the previous one, “written in the Aramaic script,” since the letter had to be composed before it was written down. But in its present position at the end of this sentence, this phrase actually serves a larger purpose within the book. It signals readers that what follows, through [6:18] (../06/18.md), is itself written in Aramaic. Presumably the original readers, who were clearly expected to understand both languages, would have been alert to such a signal. (A long Aramaic section in the book of Daniel is introduced similarly: “Then the wise men spoke to the king in Aramaic,” Daniel 2:4.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EZR	4	7	ym9r	figs-explicit	וּ⁠מְתֻרְגָּ֥ם אֲרָמִֽית	1	translated	We might expect that logically this phrase would come before the previous one, **written in the Aramaic script**, since the letter had to be composed before it was written down. But in its present position at the end of this sentence, this phrase actually serves a larger purpose within the book. It signals readers that what follows, through [6:18] (../06/18.md), is itself written in Aramaic. Presumably the original readers, who were clearly expected to understand both languages, would have been alert to such a signal. (A long Aramaic section in the book of Daniel is introduced similarly: “Then the wise men spoke to the king in Aramaic,” Daniel 2:4.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EZR	4	8	48m7	translate-names	רְח֣וּם	1		This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EZR	4	8	z7be	figs-idiom	בְּעֵל־טְעֵ֗ם	1		This was Rehum’s official title. The expression likely means that he had the authority in that area to issue decrees on behalf of the king. The king actually tells him to do this in verse [21] (../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “the royal deputy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EZR	4	8	uu3t	translate-names	וְ⁠שִׁמְשַׁי֙	1	Shimshai	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	4	8	hwq8	translate-unknown	סָֽפְרָ֔⁠א	1	Rehum	This was Shimshai’s official title. It does not mean that he merely handled correspondence and record-keeping for Rehum. Rather, historical sources suggest that a “scribe” such Shimshai had important administrative responsibilities and authority of his own. Alternate translation: “the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-EZR	4	8	l343	figs-metonymy	אִגְּרָ֥ה חֲדָ֖ה עַל־יְרוּשְׁלֶ֑ם	1		Here the book uses the term “Jerusalem” to refer figuratively, by association, to the Jews who lived in that city and, by extension, to their fellow Jews in the rest of the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “a letter against the Jews who had returned from exile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+EZR	4	8	hwq8	translate-unknown	סָֽפְרָ֔⁠א	1	Rehum	This was Shimshai’s official title. It does not mean that he merely handled correspondence and record-keeping for Rehum. Rather, historical sources suggest that a **scribe** such Shimshai had important administrative responsibilities and authority of his own. Alternate translation: “the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+EZR	4	8	l343	figs-metonymy	אִגְּרָ֥ה חֲדָ֖ה עַל־יְרוּשְׁלֶ֑ם	1		Here, the book uses the term **Jerusalem** to refer figuratively, by association, to the Jews who lived in that city and, by extension, to their fellow Jews in the rest of the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “a letter against the Jews who had returned from exile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EZR	4	8	kv6z	figs-metonymy	כְּנֵֽמָא	1		This phrase would ordinarly indicate that a copy of the text of the letter comes next in the book. If that is the case, then verses [9] (../04/09.md) and [10] (../04/10.md) are a preamble to the letter that lists the names of the senders. Alternate translation: “Here is what they wrote to the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EZR	4	9	kt23		אֱדַ֜יִן	1		This Aramaic term often introduces a new episode in a story. But since the book is not continuing the story here, but instead quoting a document that begins with a list of names, here the book may be using the term to introduce the document that it is quoting. If it would be clearer in your language, you could omit any translation of the term. Alternatively, you could use the term in your language that would customarily introduce a list of the senders of a letter or other document. Alternate translation: “From”<br>
 EZR	4	9	stkq	figs-quotemarks	אֱדַ֜יִן	1		If this word is introducing a quotation from a document, but you choose not to translate it, you could use some other means to indicate that this is a quotation, such quotation marks or whatever other punctuation or convention your language commonly uses for that purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 EZR	4	9	vvp8	translate-names	רְח֣וּם בְּעֵל־טְעֵ֗ם	1	Erech…Susa	This is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in verse [8] (../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Rehum, the royal deputy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EZR	4	9	shnl	translate-names	וְ⁠שִׁמְשַׁי֙ סָֽפְרָ֔⁠א	1		This is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in verse [8] (../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Shimshai the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	4	9	d33e	figs-idiom	וּ⁠שְׁאָ֖ר כְּנָוָתְ⁠ה֑וֹן דִּ֠ינָיֵ⁠א וַ⁠אֲפַרְסַתְכָיֵ֞⁠א טַרְפְּלָיֵ֣⁠א	1		As in verse [7] (../04/07.md), the term “companion” here indicates someone who holds a similar position. The other three terms describe the various positions that the other people held who joined in sending this letter. Alternate translation: “their associates, who were judges, rulers, and officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br><br><br><br>
+EZR	4	9	d33e	figs-idiom	וּ⁠שְׁאָ֖ר כְּנָוָתְ⁠ה֑וֹן דִּ֠ינָיֵ⁠א וַ⁠אֲפַרְסַתְכָיֵ֞⁠א טַרְפְּלָיֵ֣⁠א	1		As in verse [7] (../04/07.md), the term **companion** here indicates someone who holds a similar position. The other three terms describe the various positions that the other people held who joined in sending this letter. Alternate translation: “their associates, who were judges, rulers, and officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br><br><br><br>
 EZR	4	9	28pa	translate-names	אֲפָֽרְסָיֵ֗⁠א אַרְכְּוָיֵ֤א בָבְלָיֵ⁠א֙ שֽׁוּשַׁנְכָיֵ֔⁠א ד⁠הוא עֵלְמָיֵֽ⁠א	1		These are the names of four people groups and an alternate name by which the last group was known. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	4	9	yz8m	figs-explicit	אֲפָֽרְסָיֵ֗⁠א אַרְכְּוָיֵ֤א בָבְלָיֵ⁠א֙ שֽׁוּשַׁנְכָיֵ֔⁠א ד⁠הוא עֵלְמָיֵֽ⁠א	1		These are apparently the people groups that the officials who wrote the letter belonged to. The writers seem to feel that they can speak on behalf of their entire people groups because they would agree with the concerns that they are expressing about the Jews. You could say this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “on behalf of the Persians, Erechites, Babylonians, and Susaites (that is, Elamites).” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EZR	4	9	yz8m	figs-explicit	אֲפָֽרְסָיֵ֗⁠א אַרְכְּוָיֵ֤א בָבְלָיֵ⁠א֙ שֽׁוּשַׁנְכָיֵ֔⁠א ד⁠הוא עֵלְמָיֵֽ⁠א	1		These are apparently the people groups that the officials who wrote the letter belonged to. The writers seem to feel that they can speak on behalf of their entire people groups because they would agree with the concerns that they are expressing about the Jews. You could say this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “on behalf of the Persians, Erechites, Babylonians, and Susaites (that is, Elamites)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EZR	4	10	k64z		וּ⁠שְׁאָ֣ר אֻמַּיָּ֗⁠א דִּ֤י הַגְלִי֙ אָסְנַפַּר֙ רַבָּ֣⁠א וְ⁠יַקִּירָ֔⁠א וְ⁠הוֹתֵ֣ב הִמּ֔וֹ בְּ⁠קִרְיָ֖ה דִּ֣י שָׁמְרָ֑יִן וּ⁠שְׁאָ֥ר עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֖⁠ה וּ⁠כְעֶֽנֶת	1		This could mean one of two things. (1) It could be referring to two sets of people groups: (a) some further groups that, like the four listed in verse [9] (../04/09.md), Ashurbanipal exiled to the region of Samaria, and (b) all the other groups that were then living in the province of Beyond-the-River, however they came to live there. This is the reading of ULT. Alternate translation: “and all the other people groups whom the great and noble Ashurbanipal exiled and settled in the cities of Samaria, and all the other people groups living in Beyond-the-River.” (2) It could be referring to one set of people groups, made up of all the other groups that, like the four listed in verse [9] (../04/09.md), Ashurbanipal moved to this area and resettled in the cities of Samaria and in other parts of the province. This is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “and all the other people groups whom the great and noble Ashurbanipal exiled and settled in the cities of Samaria and the rest of Beyond-the-River.” Either way, the officials writing this letter feel that they can speak on behalf of those other groups, in addition to the groups they belong to personally.<br><br><br>
 EZR	4	10	d6lu	translate-names	אָסְנַפַּר֙	1	Ashurbanipal	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EZR	4	10	pu35	translate-names	עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֖⁠ה	1	the Province Beyond the River	This is the name of one of the provinces of the Persian Empire. It occurs many times throughout the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate it consistently each time.  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EZR	4	10	s4ki		וּ⁠כְעֶֽנֶת	1		This is an Aramaic expression that was used in the letters of this time to introduce the main business of the letter. In [4:11] (../04/11.md), [4:17] (../04/17.md), and [7:12] (../07/12.md), it comes at the beginning of a letter, right after opening conventions such as the names of the sender and recipient and greetings. In [5:17] (../05/17.md), it comes near the end of a letter, to introduce a request that the writers finally make in light of extensive background information that they provide up to that point. But here it introduces the letter itself, after a long preamble that lists the names of the senders and the groups on whose behalf they feel they can speak. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you do not need to represent this expression.
-EZR	4	11	a7sk	figs-aside	דְּנָה֙ פַּרְשֶׁ֣גֶן אִגַּרְתָּ֔⁠א דִּ֚י שְׁלַ֣חוּ עֲל֔וֹ⁠הִי	1	This is a copy	“They” means the men listed in verse [9] (../04/09.md). The book is interrupting its quotation after the preamble to make sure that readers know that the text of the letter itself will now follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
+EZR	4	11	a7sk	figs-aside	דְּנָה֙ פַּרְשֶׁ֣גֶן אִגַּרְתָּ֔⁠א דִּ֚י שְׁלַ֣חוּ עֲל֔וֹ⁠הִי	1	This is a copy	**They** means the men listed in verse [9] (../04/09.md). The book is interrupting its quotation after the preamble to make sure that readers know that the text of the letter itself will now follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
 EZR	4	11	lny4	figs-quotemarks	דְּנָה֙ פַּרְשֶׁ֣גֶן אִגַּרְתָּ֔⁠א דִּ֚י שְׁלַ֣חוּ עֲל֔וֹ⁠הִי	1		If you used quotation marks or some other punctuation or convention to indicate the beginning of the quotation at the start of verse [9] (../04/09.md), you should use the same means to indicate that there is a break in the quotation at the end of verse [10] (../04/10.md), and then show that the quotation resumes after this sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 EZR	4	11	v61f	translate-names	אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֖שְׂתְּא	1		This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:7] (../04/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	4	11	n6mp	figs-123person	עַבְדָ֛י⁠ךְ אֱנָ֥שׁ עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֖⁠ה	1	the Province Beyond the River	Here the officials identify themselves as the senders of this letter, and they refer to themselves in the third person as “your servants” in order to address the king as their superior with humility and respect. Alternate translation: “From: Your officials in the province of Beyond-the-River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-EZR	4	11	uupo	figs-idiom	עַבְדָ֛י⁠ךְ אֱנָ֥שׁ עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֖⁠ה	1		In this context, “men” means “people,” so this phrase means “people who live in Beyond-the-River province.” But together with the preceding phrase “your servants,” it means specifically those who work for the king there, that is, his royal officials. Alternate translation: “your officials in the province of Beyond-the-River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+EZR	4	11	n6mp	figs-123person	עַבְדָ֛י⁠ךְ אֱנָ֥שׁ עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֖⁠ה	1	the Province Beyond the River	Here, the officials identify themselves as the senders of this letter, and they refer to themselves in the third person as **your servants** in order to address the king as their superior with humility and respect. Alternate translation: “From: Your officials in the province of Beyond-the-River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+EZR	4	11	uupo	figs-idiom	עַבְדָ֛י⁠ךְ אֱנָ֥שׁ עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֖⁠ה	1		In this context, **men** means **people**, so this phrase means **people who live in Beyond-the-River province**. But together with the preceding phrase **your servants**, it means specifically those who work for the king there, that is, his royal officials. Alternate translation: “your officials in the province of Beyond-the-River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EZR	4	11	a2bi		וּ⁠כְעֶֽנֶת	1		As in verse [10] (../04/10.md), this is an Aramaic expression that introduces the main business of a letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you do not need to represent this expression.
-EZR	4	12	bqu1	figs-123person	יְדִ֨יעַ֙ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֔⁠א	1		These officials address the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as “O king.” Alternate translation: “We would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+EZR	4	12	bqu1	figs-123person	יְדִ֨יעַ֙ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֔⁠א	1		These officials address the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as **O king**. Alternate translation: “We would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 EZR	4	12	0168	figs-activepassive	יְדִ֨יעַ֙ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֔⁠א	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “We would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EZR	4	12	alqa	figs-idiom	יְהוּדָיֵ֗⁠א דִּ֤י סְלִ֨קוּ֙ מִן־לְוָתָ֔⁠ךְ	1		As in several instances earlier in the book, here “went up” means “traveled from Babylon to Judah,” since that involves going from a river valley up into the mountains. The officials describe Babylon to the king as “near you” because it was relatively much closer to the Persian royal court and more distant from Samaria. Alternate translation: “the Jews who returned to Judah from Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+EZR	4	12	alqa	figs-idiom	יְהוּדָיֵ֗⁠א דִּ֤י סְלִ֨קוּ֙ מִן־לְוָתָ֔⁠ךְ	1		As in several instances earlier in the book, here **went up** means **traveled from Babylon to Judah**, since that involves going from a river valley up into the mountains. The officials describe Babylon to the king as **near you** because it was relatively much closer to the Persian royal court and more distant from Samaria. Alternate translation: “the Jews who returned to Judah from Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EZR	4	12	ns5b		עֲלֶ֥י⁠נָא אֲת֖וֹ לִ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם	1		Alternate translation: “have settled near us in Jerusalem”
-EZR	4	12	fu8s	figs-metonymy	קִרְיְתָ֨⁠א מָֽרָדְתָּ֤⁠א ו⁠באישת⁠א	1	the rebellious and evil city	Here the officials are describing the inhabitants of Jerusalem figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the city where they live. The officials are not saying that the walls and buildings would be rebellious if they were rebuilt. Rather, they are saying that the people who have lived in this city have continually revolted against their foreign rulers. Alternate translation: “that city whose people are constantly rebelling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EZR	4	12	kke9	figs-doublet	מָֽרָדְתָּ֤⁠א ו⁠באישת⁠א	1		These two words mean similar things. The officials use them together to emphasize their certainty that because the people of Jerusalem are so “evil” or wicked (in this context meaning rebellious against authority), they would revolt against Artaxerxes if they were able to rebuild and fortify their city. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these words into a single expression. Alternate translation: “constantly rebelling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-EZR	4	12	jr26	figs-parallelism	 וְשׁוּרַיָּ֣א שַׁכְלִ֔ילוּ וְ⁠אֻשַּׁיָּ֖⁠א יַחִֽיטוּ	1	repairing the foundations	“Completing” here is a way of saying “building.” Several times in this section of Ezra, the text uses the two words “build and complete” together to mean that one thing, or it uses them as poetic parallels. (For example, “which a great king of Israel built and completed,” [5:11] (../05/11.md), “to build this house and to complete this structure,” [5:3] (../05/03.md).) The term “complete” by itself here seems similarly to have the meaning of “build.” “Repairing” could also mean “digging out.” Either way, this is a reference to preparing foundations so that buildings can be set up on them. So the officials are describing the project of restoring the city by referring to the work on two parallel parts of it, its walls and its buildings. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this without using a similar figure of speech. Alternate translation: “they are working throughout the city to restore it,” otherwise, “they are rebuilding the walls and preparing foundations for buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-EZR	4	13	daq3		 כְּעַ֗ן	1		This word is similar to the expression “and now” in [4:10] (../04/10.md) and [4:11] (../04/11.md). Here it introduces an important point within the letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation.
-EZR	4	13	2kk4	figs-123person	יְדִ֨יעַ֙ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֔⁠א	1		As in verse [12] (../04/12.md), the officials address the king here in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as “O king.” Alternate translation: “we would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+EZR	4	12	fu8s	figs-metonymy	קִרְיְתָ֨⁠א מָֽרָדְתָּ֤⁠א ו⁠באישת⁠א	1	the rebellious and evil city	Here, the officials are describing the inhabitants of Jerusalem figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the city where they live. The officials are not saying that the walls and buildings would be rebellious if they were rebuilt. Rather, they are saying that the people who have lived in this city have continually revolted against their foreign rulers. Alternate translation: “that city whose people are constantly rebelling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+EZR	4	12	kke9	figs-doublet	מָֽרָדְתָּ֤⁠א ו⁠באישת⁠א	1		These two words mean similar things. The officials use them together to emphasize their certainty that because the people of Jerusalem are so **evil** or wicked (in this context meaning rebellious against authority), they would revolt against Artaxerxes if they were able to rebuild and fortify their city. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these words into a single expression. Alternate translation: “constantly rebelling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+EZR	4	12	jr26	figs-parallelism	 וְשׁוּרַיָּ֣א שַׁכְלִ֔ילוּ וְ⁠אֻשַּׁיָּ֖⁠א יַחִֽיטוּ	1	repairing the foundations	**Completing** here is a way of saying **building**. Several times in this section of Ezra, the text uses the two words **build and complete** together to mean that one thing, or it uses them as poetic parallels. (For example, **which a great king of Israel built and completed**, [5:11] (../05/11.md), **to build this house and to complete this structure**, [5:3] (../05/03.md).) The term **complete** by itself here seems similarly to have the meaning of **build**. **Repairing** could also mean **digging out**. Either way, this is a reference to preparing foundations so that buildings can be set up on them. So the officials are describing the project of restoring the city by referring to the work on two parallel parts of it, its walls and its buildings. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this without using a similar figure of speech. Alternate translation: “they are working throughout the city to restore it,” otherwise, “they are rebuilding the walls and preparing foundations for buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+EZR	4	13	daq3		 כְּעַ֗ן	1		This word is similar to the expression **and now** in [4:10] (../04/10.md) and [4:11] (../04/11.md). Here, it introduces an important point within the letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation.
+EZR	4	13	2kk4	figs-123person	יְדִ֨יעַ֙ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֔⁠א	1		As in verse [12] (../04/12.md), the officials address the king here in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as **O king**. Alternate translation: “we would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 EZR	4	13	cd84	figs-activepassive	יְדִ֨יעַ֙ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֔⁠א	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “We would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EZR	4	13	1j7f	figs-parallelism	הֵ֣ן קִרְיְתָ֥⁠א דָךְ֙ תִּתְבְּנֵ֔א וְ⁠שׁוּרַיָּ֖⁠ה יִֽשְׁתַּכְלְל֑וּן	1		These two phrases mean similar things. (As noted in [4:12] (../04/12.md), “complete” is another way of saying “build” when the terms are paired like this.) Likely for emphasis, the officials say essentially the same thing twice, to create an ominous sense of threat. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “if they are able to rebuild that whole city” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is actually stronger and more threatening, because the city walls could prevent Artaxerxes from reasserting his sovereignty by force. Alternate translation: “if they rebuild the city, and especially if they restore its protective walls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+EZR	4	13	1j7f	figs-parallelism	הֵ֣ן קִרְיְתָ֥⁠א דָךְ֙ תִּתְבְּנֵ֔א וְ⁠שׁוּרַיָּ֖⁠ה יִֽשְׁתַּכְלְל֑וּן	1		These two phrases mean similar things. (As noted in [4:12] (../04/12.md), **complete** is another way of saying **build** when the terms are paired like this.) Likely for emphasis, the officials say essentially the same thing twice, to create an ominous sense of threat. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “if they are able to rebuild that whole city” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is actually stronger and more threatening, because the city walls could prevent Artaxerxes from reasserting his sovereignty by force. Alternate translation: “if they rebuild the city, and especially if they restore its protective walls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 EZR	4	13	wj57	figs-activepassive	הֵ֣ן קִרְיְתָ֥⁠א דָךְ֙ תִּתְבְּנֵ֔א וְ⁠שׁוּרַיָּ֖⁠ה יִֽשְׁתַּכְלְל֑וּן	1	if this city is built and the wall is completed	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. “If the Jews are able to rebuild the city and restore its walls.” Alternate translation: (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EZR	4	13	247o	figs-doublet	מִנְדָּֽה־בְל֤וֹ וַ⁠הֲלָךְ֙ לָ֣א יִנְתְּנ֔וּן	1		“Tax,” “tribute,” and “custom” mean similar things. The officials use the three terms together to emphasize that the king could lose all of his income from the Jews living in Jerusalem and the province of Judah. You do not need to represent all three words in your translation if that would might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation, as in UST: “they will stop paying any taxes” However, there is a slight difference between the three terms. While their exact meaning is uncertain, they may refer to things such as taxes based on a percentage of income, tribute money that subjects would pay on a per-person basis, and duty that they would pay on articles purchased for use or transported for sale. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could also translate these terms separately. Alternate translation: “they will no longer pay taxes, tribute, or duty.”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]. A doublet can involve the use of more than two words.)
-EZR	4	13	pgs2	figs-explicit	וְ⁠אַפְּתֹ֥ם מַלְכִ֖ים תְּהַנְזִֽק	1	the treasury of the king will suffer loss	The officials are writing to a king who is the sole ruler of his empire, but they may be using the plural “kings” here because previous kings had accumulated much of the royal treasures. The officials may also be suggesting implicitly that not only Artaxerxes, but also his successors, will get no further revenue from the Jews if Jerusalem is rebuilt and fortified. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “this will reduce the income of all Persian kings from now on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-EZR	4	14	ye9h		 כְּעַ֗ן	1		As in [4:13] (../04/13.md), this word is similar to the expression “and now” in [4:10] (../04/10.md) and [4:11] (../04/11.md). Here it introduces another important point within the letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation.
+EZR	4	13	247o	figs-doublet	מִנְדָּֽה־בְל֤וֹ וַ⁠הֲלָךְ֙ לָ֣א יִנְתְּנ֔וּן	1		**Tax**, **tribute**, and **custom** mean similar things. The officials use the three terms together to emphasize that the king could lose all of his income from the Jews living in Jerusalem and the province of Judah. You do not need to represent all three words in your translation if that would might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation, as in UST: “they will stop paying any taxes” However, there is a slight difference between the three terms. While their exact meaning is uncertain, they may refer to things such as taxes based on a percentage of income, tribute money that subjects would pay on a per-person basis, and duty that they would pay on articles purchased for use or transported for sale. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could also translate these terms separately. Alternate translation: “they will no longer pay taxes, tribute, or duty.”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]. A doublet can involve the use of more than two words.)
+EZR	4	13	pgs2	figs-explicit	וְ⁠אַפְּתֹ֥ם מַלְכִ֖ים תְּהַנְזִֽק	1	the treasury of the king will suffer loss	The officials are writing to a king who is the sole ruler of his empire, but they may be using the plural **kings** here because previous kings had accumulated much of the royal treasures. The officials may also be suggesting implicitly that not only Artaxerxes, but also his successors, will get no further revenue from the Jews if Jerusalem is rebuilt and fortified. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “this will reduce the income of all Persian kings from now on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EZR	4	14	ye9h		 כְּעַ֗ן	1		As in [4:13] (../04/13.md), this word is similar to the expression **and now** in [4:10] (../04/10.md) and [4:11] (../04/11.md). Here it introduces another important point within the letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation.
 EZR	4	14	m7yw	figs-idiom	מְלַ֤ח הֵֽיכְלָ⁠א֙ מְלַ֔חְנָא	1	we have eaten the salt of the palace	This expression means that these officials are paid from the royal treasury. Alternate translation: “because we are paid from the royal treasury” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EZR	4	14	85g9	figs-explicit	דִּֽי־מְלַ֤ח הֵֽיכְלָ⁠א֙ מְלַ֔חְנָא	1		The implication is that because these officials are paid from the royal treasury, they feel a loyalty and a sense of obligation to the king. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “we are paid from the royal treasury, and out of loyalty we want to look after your interests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-EZR	4	14	uggy	figs-123person	עַ֨ל־דְּנָ֔ה שְׁלַ֖חְנָא וְ⁠הוֹדַ֥עְנָא לְ⁠מַלְכָּֽ⁠א	1		The officials continue to address the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as “O king.” Alternate translation: “and that is why we have written to you, O king, to let you know about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+EZR	4	14	uggy	figs-123person	עַ֨ל־דְּנָ֔ה שְׁלַ֖חְנָא וְ⁠הוֹדַ֥עְנָא לְ⁠מַלְכָּֽ⁠א	1		The officials continue to address the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as **O king**. Alternate translation: “and that is why we have written to you, O king, to let you know about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 EZR	4	15	mcvp	figs-123person	דִּ֡י יְבַקַּר֩ 	1		Here again the officials are addressing the king in the third person as a sign of respect. They are also making their suggestion very diplomatically so that they do not appear to be telling the king what to do. Alternate translation: “May we suggest that you search” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-EZR	4	15	fujm	figs-idiom	בִּֽ⁠סְפַר־דָּכְרָ֨נַיָּ֜⁠א דִּ֣י אֲבָהָתָ֗⁠ךְ	1		Although “book” is singular, this expression actually refers to the collection of documents that Artaxerxes possessed that recorded events and decrees from the reigns of earlier kings. He responds in [4:19] (../04/19.md) that he had his court officials search in this collection. Verses [6:1–2] (../06/01.md) describe how Darius earlier made a similar search. Alternate translation: “the royal chronicles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-EZR	4	15	u1i3	figs-metaphor	בִּֽ⁠סְפַר־דָּכְרָ֨נַיָּ֜⁠א דִּ֣י אֲבָהָתָ֗⁠ךְ	1		“Fathers” here figuratively means “predecessors.” This would include some who were direct ancestors of Artaxerxes, including his father Ahasuerus (Xerxes) and grandfather Darius. But it also seems to include the Assyrian and Babylonian kings to whose empires the Persian kings were now the heirs. The revolts of Jerusalem that this search discovered, as reported in [4:19] (../04/19.md), were against the Babylonians. Indeed, Artaxerxes says that his officials investigated the matter back to “ancient days,” presumably back to the times of earlier empires. Alternate translation: “the chronicles of previous kings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EZR	4	15	3vmc	figs-doublet	וּ֠⁠תְהַשְׁכַּח בִּ⁠סְפַ֣ר דָּכְרָנַיָּ⁠א֮ וְ⁠תִנְדַּע֒	1		“Discover” and “learn” mean similar things. The officials use the two words together to emphasize how certain it is that the chronicles will show that Jerusalem has always been rebellious. You do not need to repeat both words in your translation if that would make the meaning less clear for your readers. Alternate translation: “the chronicles will certainly confirm for you ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-EZR	4	15	sa9b	figs-parallelism	דִּי֩ קִרְיְתָ֨⁠א דָ֜ךְ קִרְיָ֣א מָֽרָדָ֗א וּֽ⁠מְהַנְזְקַ֤ת מַלְכִין֙ וּ⁠מְדִנָ֔ן וְ⁠אֶשְׁתַּדּוּר֙ עָבְדִ֣ין בְּ⁠גַוַּ֔⁠הּ מִן־יוֹמָ֖ת עָלְמָ֑⁠א	1	a rebellious city	These two phrases mean similar things. The officials say essentially the same thing twice for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “the people living in Jerusalem have constantly rebelled against their kings and governors and refused to pay tribute” However, there is a slight difference in meaning. The second phrase intensifies the first phrase, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. Alternate translation: “the people of Jerusalem have rebelled against emperors and governors and refused to pay tribute. In fact, that city has been a center of revolt for as long as anyone has known, and it will never change.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-EZR	4	15	z1fu	figs-idiom	וּֽ⁠מְהַנְזְקַ֤ת	1		In light of the similar expression in [4:13] (../04/13.md), “the revenue of the kings will suffer harm,” this likely means that the people of Jerusalem have refused to pay tribute to foreign emperors. Alternate translation: “refused to pay tribute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-EZR	4	15	iw58	figs-metonymy	וּ⁠מְדִנָ֔ן	1		Here, “provinces” refers to the rulers of provinces, that is, governors. The officials are describing them figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the jurisdictions that they rule. Alternate translation: “governors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EZR	4	15	au5i	figs-activepassive	עַ֨ל־דְּנָ֔ה קִרְיְתָ֥⁠א דָ֖ךְ הָֽחָרְבַֽת	1	this city was destroyed	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Because the people of Jerusalem kept rebelling against them, the Babylonians finally came and destroyed that city.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EZR	4	16	qw5y	figs-123person	מְהוֹדְעִ֤ין אֲנַ֨חְנָה֙ לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֔⁠א	1		These officials address the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as “O king.” Alternate translation: “We would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+EZR	4	15	fujm	figs-idiom	בִּֽ⁠סְפַר־דָּכְרָ֨נַיָּ֜⁠א דִּ֣י אֲבָהָתָ֗⁠ךְ	1		Although **book** is singular, this expression actually refers to the collection of documents that Artaxerxes possessed that recorded events and decrees from the reigns of earlier kings. He responds in [4:19] (../04/19.md) that he had his court officials search in this collection. Verses [6:1–2] (../06/01.md) describe how Darius earlier made a similar search. Alternate translation: “the royal chronicles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+EZR	4	15	u1i3	figs-metaphor	בִּֽ⁠סְפַר־דָּכְרָ֨נַיָּ֜⁠א דִּ֣י אֲבָהָתָ֗⁠ךְ	1		**Fathers** here figuratively means **predecessors**. This would include some who were direct ancestors of Artaxerxes, including his father Ahasuerus (Xerxes) and grandfather Darius. But it also seems to include the Assyrian and Babylonian kings to whose empires the Persian kings were now the heirs. The revolts of Jerusalem that this search discovered, as reported in [4:19] (../04/19.md), were against the Babylonians. Indeed, Artaxerxes says that his officials investigated the matter back to **ancient days**, presumably back to the times of earlier empires. Alternate translation: “the chronicles of previous kings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	4	15	3vmc	figs-doublet	וּ֠⁠תְהַשְׁכַּח בִּ⁠סְפַ֣ר דָּכְרָנַיָּ⁠א֮ וְ⁠תִנְדַּע֒	1		**Discover** and **learn** mean similar things. The officials use the two words together to emphasize how certain it is that the chronicles will show that Jerusalem has always been rebellious. You do not need to repeat both words in your translation if that would make the meaning less clear for your readers. Alternate translation: “the chronicles will certainly confirm for you ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+EZR	4	15	sa9b	figs-parallelism	דִּי֩ קִרְיְתָ֨⁠א דָ֜ךְ קִרְיָ֣א מָֽרָדָ֗א וּֽ⁠מְהַנְזְקַ֤ת מַלְכִין֙ וּ⁠מְדִנָ֔ן וְ⁠אֶשְׁתַּדּוּר֙ עָבְדִ֣ין בְּ⁠גַוַּ֔⁠הּ מִן־יוֹמָ֖ת עָלְמָ֑⁠א	1	a rebellious city	These two phrases mean similar things. The officials say essentially the same thing twice for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “the people living in Jerusalem have constantly rebelled against their kings and governors and refused to pay tribute” However, there is a slight difference in meaning. The second phrase intensifies the first phrase, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. Alternate translation: “the people of Jerusalem have rebelled against emperors and governors and refused to pay tribute. In fact, that city has been a center of revolt for as long as anyone has known, and it will never change” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+EZR	4	15	z1fu	figs-idiom	וּֽ⁠מְהַנְזְקַ֤ת	1		In light of the similar expression in [4:13] (../04/13.md), **the revenue of the kings will suffer harm**, this likely means that the people of Jerusalem have refused to pay tribute to foreign emperors. Alternate translation: “refused to pay tribute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+EZR	4	15	iw58	figs-metonymy	וּ⁠מְדִנָ֔ן	1		Here, **provinces** refers to the rulers of provinces, that is, governors. The officials are describing them figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the jurisdictions that they rule. Alternate translation: “governors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+EZR	4	15	au5i	figs-activepassive	עַ֨ל־דְּנָ֔ה קִרְיְתָ֥⁠א דָ֖ךְ הָֽחָרְבַֽת	1	this city was destroyed	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Because the people of Jerusalem kept rebelling against them, the Babylonians finally came and destroyed that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+EZR	4	16	qw5y	figs-123person	מְהוֹדְעִ֤ין אֲנַ֨חְנָה֙ לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֔⁠א	1		These officials address the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as **O king**. Alternate translation: “We would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 EZR	4	16	cr21		הֵ֣ן קִרְיְתָ֥⁠א דָךְ֙ תִּתְבְּנֵ֔א וְ⁠שׁוּרַיָּ֖⁠ה יִֽשְׁתַּכְלְל֑וּן	1	if this city is rebuilt and its walls are completed	See how you translated this expression in [4:13] (../04/13.md). (It may be helpful to review the two notes there that discuss the parallelism and the passive form.)
 EZR	4	16	n9kz	figs-explicit	לָ⁠קֳבֵ֣ל דְּנָ֔ה חֲלָק֙ בַּ⁠עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֔⁠א לָ֥א אִיתַ֖י לָֽ⁠ךְ	1	you will have no control	The implication is that if Jerusalem became a stronghold, not only would its people rebel against Artaxerxes, they would lead all of the surrounding peoples to do the same, and the Persian Empire would lose all of its territories west of the Euphrates. Alternate translation: “they would lead the entire province of Beyond-the-River to revolt against you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-EZR	4	16	keh5	figs-hyperbole	לָ⁠קֳבֵ֣ל דְּנָ֔ה חֲלָק֙ בַּ⁠עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֔⁠א לָ֥א אִיתַ֖י לָֽ⁠ךְ	1	the Province Beyond the River	The expression “no share for you” likely also has the implication that the king would receive no further tribute or other revenue from the entire province. This is an exaggeration for emphasis and rhetorical effect. Alternate translation: “they would lead the entire province of Beyond-the-River to revolt against you, and everyone there would stop paying tribute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+EZR	4	16	keh5	figs-hyperbole	לָ⁠קֳבֵ֣ל דְּנָ֔ה חֲלָק֙ בַּ⁠עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֔⁠א לָ֥א אִיתַ֖י לָֽ⁠ךְ	1	the Province Beyond the River	The expression **no share for you** likely also has the implication that the king would receive no further tribute or other revenue from the entire province. This is an exaggeration for emphasis and rhetorical effect. Alternate translation: “they would lead the entire province of Beyond-the-River to revolt against you, and everyone there would stop paying tribute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 EZR	4	17	u66e	translate-names	רְח֤וּם בְּעֵל־טְעֵם֙	1	Rehum	This is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in verse [8] (../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Rehum, the royal deputy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EZR	4	17	hja4	translate-names	וְ⁠שִׁמְשַׁ֣י סָֽפְרָ֔⁠א	1	Shimshai	This is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in verse [8] (../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Shimshai the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EZR	4	17	qp5d	translate-names	וּ⁠שְׁאָר֙ כְּנָוָ֣תְ⁠ה֔וֹן דִּ֥י יָתְבִ֖ין בְּ⁠שָֽׁמְרָ֑יִן וּ⁠שְׁאָ֧ר עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֛⁠ה	1	the Province Beyond the River	As in verse [10] (../04/10.md), this could mean one of two things. (1) It could be referring to groups: (a) the fellow officials of Rehum and Shimshai in the region of Samaria, and (b) the people groups living in the rest of the province of Beyond-the-River, however they came to live there. This is the reading of ULT. Alternate translation: “the rest of their fellow officials, and the people groups living in Beyond-the-River.” (2) It could be referring to one group, the fellow officials of Rehum and Shimshai in the region of Samaria and in other parts of the province. This is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “the rest of their fellow officials in Samaria and in the rest of Beyond-the-River.” It would probably be clearest for your readers if you followed the same reading here as you did in verse [10] (../04/10.md), whether that of ULT or UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	4	17	rsd2	figs-idiom	וּ⁠שְׁאָר֙ כְּנָוָ֣תְ⁠ה֔וֹן	1	the River	As in verses [7] (../04/07.md) and [9] (../04/09.md), the term “companion” here indicates someone who holds a similar position. Alternate translation: “the rest of their associates” or “the rest of their fellow officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+EZR	4	17	rsd2	figs-idiom	וּ⁠שְׁאָר֙ כְּנָוָ֣תְ⁠ה֔וֹן	1	the River	As in verses [7] (../04/07.md) and [9] (../04/09.md), the term **companion** here indicates someone who holds a similar position. Alternate translation: “the rest of their associates” or “the rest of their fellow officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EZR	4	17	oyb4		שְׁלָ֖ם	1		This is a conventional greeting or good wish that senders often included at the beginning of a letter at this time. (It is the Aramaic term that corresponds to the Hebrew expression “Shalom.”) If your language has a similar expression that it uses for the same purpose, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “Greetings” or “I hope all is well with you”
 EZR	4	17	is3z		וּ⁠כְעֶֽת	1		As in verses [10] (../04/10.md) and [11] (../04/11.md), this is an Aramaic expression that introduces the main business of a letter. Unless your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you do not need to represent it in your translation.
-EZR	4	18	nata	figs-explicit	 נִשְׁתְּוָנָ֕⁠א דִּ֥י שְׁלַחְתּ֖וּן עֲלֶ֑י⁠נָא	1		The implication of the plural “us” is that the king and his royal officials have received this letter. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “We have received the letter that you sent us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EZR	4	18	nata	figs-explicit	 נִשְׁתְּוָנָ֕⁠א דִּ֥י שְׁלַחְתּ֖וּן עֲלֶ֑י⁠נָא	1		The implication of the plural **us** is that the king and his royal officials have received this letter. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “We have received the letter that you sent us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EZR	4	18	sza5	figs-activepassive	מְפָרַ֥שׁ קֱרִ֖י קָדָמָֽ⁠י	1	the letter that you sent me has been translated and read	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “and my officials have carefully read it aloud in my presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EZR	4	18	bbxs	figs-explicit	מְפָרַ֥שׁ קֱרִ֖י קָדָמָֽ⁠י	1		The implication is not that the king was unable to read, or unable to see, and so he needed someone to read things to him. Rather, in ancient times, writing was considered a way of conveying speech at a distance. In effect, the court officials who read this letter aloud to the king were doing so on behalf of the Samaritan officials who had sent the letter, as if they had been present themselves. So be sure that your translation does not convey or suggest the idea that the king was unable to read. Alternate translation: “and my officials have carefully read it out loud in my presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EZR	4	19	bapj	grammar-connect-logic-result	וּ⁠מִנִּ⁠י֮	1		This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -443,30 +443,30 @@ EZR	4	19	h6w5	figs-activepassive	וּ⁠מִנִּ⁠י֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵ
 EZR	4	19	rx6m	figs-explicit	 וּ⁠מִנִּ⁠י֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ וּ⁠בַקַּ֣רוּ	1		The implication is that the king ordered his officials to search in the royal chronicles to investigate the charges that Rehum, Shimshai, and the others had made against Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I commanded my officials to search in the royal chronicles and investigate your claims” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EZR	4	19	kzrh	figs-parallelism	דִּ֚י קִרְיְתָ֣⁠א דָ֔ךְ...עַל־מַלְכִ֖ין מִֽתְנַשְּׂאָ֑ה וּ⁠מְרַ֥ד וְ⁠אֶשְׁתַּדּ֖וּר מִתְעֲבֶד־בַּֽ⁠הּ	1		These two phrases mean similar things. Artaxerxes says the same thing twice, in similar ways, for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Instead, if it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem has continually been a center for revolts against rulers”<br>However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase intensifies the first by portraying Jerusalem not just as a city that has rebelled, but as a place where rebellions have repeatedly originated. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem has rebelled against the emperors that ruled it, and in fact that city has repeatedly been a base for revolts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])<br><br><br><br>
 EZR	4	19	eq5y	figs-idiom	קִרְיְתָ֣⁠א דָ֔ךְ...עַל־מַלְכִ֖ין מִֽתְנַשְּׂאָ֑ה	1		**That city** means Jerusalem. In this context, the expression **lift oneself up** means to reject an authority and claim authority for oneself. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem has rebelled against the emperors that ruled it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-EZR	4	19	wf0o	figs-metonymy	קִרְיְתָ֣⁠א דָ֔ךְ...עַל־מַלְכִ֖ין מִֽתְנַשְּׂאָ֑ה	1		Here Artaxerxes speaks figuratively of the people of Jerusalem by reference to something associated with them, the city where they live. Alternate translation: “the people of Jerusalem have rebelled against the emperors who ruled them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EZR	4	19	y5eu	figs-doublet	וּ⁠מְרַ֥ד וְ⁠אֶשְׁתַּדּ֖וּר מִתְעֲבֶד־בַּֽ⁠הּ	1		“Rebellion” and “revolt” mean similar things. Artaxerxes uses the two terms together for emphasis, perhaps to acknowledge that the records have indeed confirmed what the officials alleged. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “and the city has repeatedly been a base for revolts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+EZR	4	19	wf0o	figs-metonymy	קִרְיְתָ֣⁠א דָ֔ךְ...עַל־מַלְכִ֖ין מִֽתְנַשְּׂאָ֑ה	1		Here, Artaxerxes speaks figuratively of the people of Jerusalem by reference to something associated with them, the city where they live. Alternate translation: “the people of Jerusalem have rebelled against the emperors who ruled them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+EZR	4	19	y5eu	figs-doublet	וּ⁠מְרַ֥ד וְ⁠אֶשְׁתַּדּ֖וּר מִתְעֲבֶד־בַּֽ⁠הּ	1		**Rebellion** and **revolt** mean similar things. Artaxerxes uses the two terms together for emphasis, perhaps to acknowledge that the records have indeed confirmed what the officials alleged. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “and the city has repeatedly been a base for revolts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 EZR	4	20	7s5z	figs-metaphor	 וּ⁠מַלְכִ֣ין תַּקִּיפִ֗ין הֲווֹ֙ עַל־יְר֣וּשְׁלֶ֔ם	1		These kings are described here in a spatial [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] as being higher than or above Jerusalem to indicate that this was the place in which and from which they ruled. Alternate translation: “powerful kings ruled from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	4	20	ewxu	writing-background	וְ⁠שַׁ֨לִּיטִ֔ין	1		This word introduces further information. Alternate translation: “in fact” (See: Connect - [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 EZR	4	20	vmb6		וְ⁠שַׁ֨לִּיטִ֔ין בְּ⁠כֹ֖ל עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֑⁠ה	1	the Province Beyond the River	Alternate translation: “they ruled over the whole area that is now Beyond-the-River province”
 EZR	4	20	s7mv	figs-activepassive	וּ⁠מִדָּ֥ה בְל֛וֹ וַ⁠הֲלָ֖ךְ מִתְיְהֵ֥ב לְ⁠הֽוֹן	1	Tax,tribute, and custom were paid to them	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “These kings conquered other nations and made them pay tribute” or “These kings conquered other nations and made them pay taxes, tribute, and duty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EZR	4	20	9o7z	figs-doublet	וּ⁠מִדָּ֥ה בְל֛וֹ וַ⁠הֲלָ֖ךְ	1	Tax,tribute, and custom were paid to them	See how you translated this phrase in [4:13] (../04/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]. A doublet can involve the use of more than two words.)
-EZR	4	21	54sp		כְּעַן֙	1	give a command	This word is similar to the expression “and now” in verses [10] (../04/10.md), [11] (../04/11.md), and [17] (../04/17.md). As in verses [13] (../04/13.md) and [14] (../04/14.md), it introduces an important point within a letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation.
-EZR	4	21	ie6i	figs-explicit	שִׂ֣ימוּ טְּעֵ֔ם לְ⁠בַטָּלָ֖א גֻּבְרַיָּ֣⁠א אִלֵּ֑ךְ	1	give a command	“These men” means the Jews. This is a reference back to the letter from the Samaritan officials, in which they speak of “the Jews who went up from near you” and who “have come to us at Jerusalem” (verse [12] (../04/12.md)). The implication is that the Jews are to stop rebuilding the walls and buildings in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Issue a decree to make those Jews who returned from exile to Jerusalem stop rebuilding the walls and buildings in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-EZR	4	21	emg2	grammar-connect-logic-goal	וְ⁠קִרְיְתָ֥⁠א דָךְ֙ לָ֣א תִתְבְּנֵ֔א עַד־מִנִּ֖⁠י טַעְמָ֥⁠א יִתְּשָֽׂם	1	give a command	“So that” at the beginning of this phrase indicates that it describes the purpose for which Artaxerxes wants the officials to make the Jews stop work on the walls and houses. He does not want there to be any rebuilding in Jerusalem unless he authorizes it personally. Alternate translation: “I want this decree to prevent all rebuilding unless I issue a decree permitting it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-EZR	4	22	xxy6	figs-litotes	וּ⁠זְהִירִ֥ין הֱו֛וֹ שָׁל֖וּ לְ⁠מֶעְבַּ֣ד עַל־דְּנָ֑ה	1	Be careful not to neglect	This means, “Do not neglect to act concerning this.” This is a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “be sure to take action in response to this situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
-EZR	4	22	snhn	figs-explicit	לְ⁠מָה֙ יִשְׂגֵּ֣א חֲבָלָ֔⁠א לְ⁠הַנְזָקַ֖ת מַלְכִֽין	1	Why should this damage increase, to the hurt of the kings?	The implication is that if the Jews were able to rebuild and fortify Jerusalem and they revolted, then the interests of the king would be damaged because he would lose honor, as the officials suggest in their letter ([4:14] (../04/14.md)), and he would also lose revenue ([4:13] (../04/13.md), “the revenue of the kings will suffer harm”). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Why should I suffer dishonor or lose tribute money?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EZR	4	21	54sp		כְּעַן֙	1	give a command	This word is similar to the expression **and now** in verses [10] (../04/10.md), [11] (../04/11.md), and [17] (../04/17.md). As in verses [13] (../04/13.md) and [14] (../04/14.md), it introduces an important point within a letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation.
+EZR	4	21	ie6i	figs-explicit	שִׂ֣ימוּ טְּעֵ֔ם לְ⁠בַטָּלָ֖א גֻּבְרַיָּ֣⁠א אִלֵּ֑ךְ	1	give a command	**These men** means the Jews. This is a reference back to the letter from the Samaritan officials, in which they speak of **the Jews who went up from near you** and who **have come to us at Jerusalem** (verse [12] (../04/12.md)). The implication is that the Jews are to stop rebuilding the walls and buildings in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Issue a decree to make those Jews who returned from exile to Jerusalem stop rebuilding the walls and buildings in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EZR	4	21	emg2	grammar-connect-logic-goal	וְ⁠קִרְיְתָ֥⁠א דָךְ֙ לָ֣א תִתְבְּנֵ֔א עַד־מִנִּ֖⁠י טַעְמָ֥⁠א יִתְּשָֽׂם	1	give a command	**So that** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that it describes the purpose for which Artaxerxes wants the officials to make the Jews stop work on the walls and houses. He does not want there to be any rebuilding in Jerusalem unless he authorizes it personally. Alternate translation: “I want this decree to prevent all rebuilding unless I issue a decree permitting it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+EZR	4	22	xxy6	figs-litotes	וּ⁠זְהִירִ֥ין הֱו֛וֹ שָׁל֖וּ לְ⁠מֶעְבַּ֣ד עַל־דְּנָ֑ה	1	Be careful not to neglect	This means, **Do not neglect to act concerning this**. This is a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “be sure to take action in response to this situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+EZR	4	22	snhn	figs-explicit	לְ⁠מָה֙ יִשְׂגֵּ֣א חֲבָלָ֔⁠א לְ⁠הַנְזָקַ֖ת מַלְכִֽין	1	Why should this damage increase, to the hurt of the kings?	The implication is that if the Jews were able to rebuild and fortify Jerusalem and they revolted, then the interests of the king would be damaged because he would lose honor, as the officials suggest in their letter ([4:14] (../04/14.md)), and he would also lose revenue ([4:13] (../04/13.md), **the revenue of the kings will suffer harm**). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Why should I suffer dishonor or lose tribute money?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EZR	4	22	t7e7	figs-rquestion	לְ⁠מָה֙ יִשְׂגֵּ֣א חֲבָלָ֔⁠א לְ⁠הַנְזָקַ֖ת מַלְכִֽין	1	Why should this damage increase, to the hurt of the kings?	Artaxerxes is making a statement, not asking a question. He does not expect the Samaritan officials to tell him why he should experience greater damage. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize how important it is for the officials to get the Jews to stop rebuilding Jerusalem. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I must not suffer dishonor or lose tribute money.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-EZR	4	22	kqp4	figs-123person	לְ⁠מָה֙ יִשְׂגֵּ֣א חֲבָלָ֔⁠א לְ⁠הַנְזָקַ֖ת מַלְכִֽין	1	this damage increase	As in [4:13] (../04/13.md), the plural “kings” here may envision that not just Artaxerxes but also his successors would lose revenue if Jerusalem leads a revolt that spreads throughout Beyond-the-River, as the Samaritan officials suggest it would. But Artaxerxes is speaking primarily of himself, in the third person, as kings sometimes did, just as their subjects addressed them in the third person to show humility and respect. (Compare, for example, the way Cyrus speaks of himself in the third person in [6:4] (../06/04.md), and Darius speaks of himself that way in [6:8] (../06/08.md) and [6:10] (../06/10.md)). Alternate translation: “I must not suffer dishonor or lose tribute money.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+EZR	4	22	kqp4	figs-123person	לְ⁠מָה֙ יִשְׂגֵּ֣א חֲבָלָ֔⁠א לְ⁠הַנְזָקַ֖ת מַלְכִֽין	1	this damage increase	As in [4:13] (../04/13.md), the plural **kings** here may envision that not just Artaxerxes but also his successors would lose revenue if Jerusalem leads a revolt that spreads throughout Beyond-the-River, as the Samaritan officials suggest it would. But Artaxerxes is speaking primarily of himself, in the third person, as kings sometimes did, just as their subjects addressed them in the third person to show humility and respect. (Compare, for example, the way Cyrus speaks of himself in the third person in [6:4] (../06/04.md), and Darius speaks of himself that way in [6:8] (../06/08.md) and [6:10] (../06/10.md)). Alternate translation: “I must not suffer dishonor or lose tribute money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 EZR	4	23	nhx0	grammar-connect-time-sequential	אֱדַ֗יִן	1	the copy of the letter from King Artaxerxes was read	This word indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the events it has just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 EZR	4	23	zq2h	figs-explicit	מִן־דִּ֞י פַּרְשֶׁ֤גֶן נִשְׁתְּוָנָ⁠א֙ דִּ֚י ארתחששתא מַלְכָּ֔⁠א קֱרִ֧י קֳדָם־רְח֛וּם וְ⁠שִׁמְשַׁ֥י סָפְרָ֖⁠א וּ⁠כְנָוָתְ⁠ה֑וֹן	1	the copy of the letter from King Artaxerxes was read	The implication is that a messenger brought a copy of the letter from King Artaxerxes to these officials and read it aloud to them. (See the note to [4:18] (../04/18.md) for background to the practice of reading correspondence out loud.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as soon as a messenger from King Artaxerxes brought a copy of his letter to Rehum, Shimshai the state secretary, and their associates and read it aloud to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EZR	4	23	cz5l	figs-activepassive	פַּרְשֶׁ֤גֶן נִשְׁתְּוָנָ⁠א֙ דִּ֚י ארתחששתא מַלְכָּ֔⁠א קֱרִ֧י	1	the copy of the letter from King Artaxerxes was read	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “a messenger from King Artaxerxes read a copy of his letter aloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EZR	4	23	8jzh	translate-names	ארתחששתא	1	the copy of the letter from King Artaxerxes was read	This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:7] (../04/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EZR	4	23	s349	translate-names	רְח֛וּם	1	Rehum	This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in verse [8] (../04/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EZR	4	23	qu4l	translate-names	וְ⁠שִׁמְשַׁ֥י סָפְרָ֖⁠א	1	Shimshai	This is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in verse [8] (../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Shimshai the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	4	23	6iff	figs-idiom	וּ⁠כְנָוָתְ⁠ה֑וֹן	1	Shimshai	As in verses [7] (../04/07.md), [9] (../04/09.md) and [17] (../04/11.md), the term “companion” here indicates someone who holds a similar position. Alternate translation: “the rest of their associates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+EZR	4	23	6iff	figs-idiom	וּ⁠כְנָוָתְ⁠ה֑וֹן	1	Shimshai	As in verses [7] (../04/07.md), [9] (../04/09.md) and [17] (../04/11.md), the term **companion** here indicates someone who holds a similar position. Alternate translation: “the rest of their associates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EZR	4	23	vkzx		אֲזַ֨לוּ בִ⁠בְהִיל֤וּ לִ⁠ירֽוּשְׁלֶם֙ עַל־יְה֣וּדָיֵ֔⁠א	1	Shimshai	Alternate translation: “they hurried to Jerusalem to confront the Jews”
-EZR	4	23	yg0y	figs-hendiadys	וּ⁠בַטִּ֥לוּ הִמּ֖וֹ בְּ⁠אֶדְרָ֥ע וְ⁠חָֽיִל	1	Shimshai	The phrase “an arm and power” expresses a single idea by using two words connected with “and.” The word “power” tells what kind of “arm” or influence these officials used: a “powerful arm,” that is, a forcibly coercive one. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning of the two words in a single phrase. Alternate translation: “they forcibly compelled them to stop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
-EZR	4	23	ck1l	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠בַטִּ֥לוּ הִמּ֖וֹ בְּ⁠אֶדְרָ֥ע וְ⁠חָֽיִל	1	Shimshai	“Arm” here is a figurative way of referring to a person’s power, influence, and capacity for action. Alternate translation: “they forcibly compelled them to stop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	4	23	yg0y	figs-hendiadys	וּ⁠בַטִּ֥לוּ הִמּ֖וֹ בְּ⁠אֶדְרָ֥ע וְ⁠חָֽיִל	1	Shimshai	The phrase **an arm and power** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **power** tells what kind of **arm** or influence these officials used: a **powerful arm**, that is, a forcibly coercive one. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning of the two words in a single phrase. Alternate translation: “they forcibly compelled them to stop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
+EZR	4	23	ck1l	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠בַטִּ֥לוּ הִמּ֖וֹ בְּ⁠אֶדְרָ֥ע וְ⁠חָֽיִל	1	Shimshai	**Arm** here is a figurative way of referring to a person’s power, influence, and capacity for action. Alternate translation: “they forcibly compelled them to stop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	4	23	v0na	figs-explicit	וּ⁠בַטִּ֥לוּ הִמּ֖וֹ בְּ⁠אֶדְרָ֥ע וְ⁠חָֽיִל	1	Shimshai	The implication is that these officials made the Jews stop rebuilding the walls and houses in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they forcibly compelled them to stop rebuilding the walls and houses in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EZR	4	24	kj9i	figs-explicit	בְּטֵלַת֙ עֲבִידַ֣ת בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֔⁠א דִּ֖י בִּ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם	1	the work on the house of God which is in Jerusalem ceased, and it remained stopped until the second year of the reign of Darius	The book now returns to the point in the story where it left off at the end of [4:5] (../04/05.md). (If it would be helpful, review the note to [4:6] (../04/06.md). That note explains how the book tells of later events in [4:6–23] (../04/06.md) to show that the Jews were wise not to trust the Samaritans when they offered to help rebuild the temple during the reign of Cyrus, since they demonstrated by their repeated future opposition that they really were the enemies of the Jews.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say something explicitly here that would show how the book is returning to the time of Cyrus and his immediate successors. Alternate translation: “So that is how the enemies of the Jews tried under later kings to stop them from rebuilding Jerusalem. They attempted the same thing under Cyrus and his successors, and they were able to stop the work on the temple for a time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EZR	4	24	s03r	figs-activepassive	וַ⁠הֲוָת֙ בָּֽטְלָ֔א	1	the work on the house of God which is in Jerusalem ceased, and it remained stopped until the second year of the reign of Darius	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the Jews did not start rebuilding again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -483,119 +483,119 @@ EZR	5	1	4w8s	figs-metaphor	עֲלֵי⁠הֽוֹן	1	Iddo	God is described here
 EZR	5	2	5kqf	grammar-connect-logic-result	בֵּ⁠אדַ֡יִן	1	Jeshua…Jozadak	This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EZR	5	2	z38k	translate-names	זְרֻבָּבֶ֤ל בַּר־שְׁאַלְתִּיאֵל֙	1	Shealtiel	Zerubbabel is the name of a man, and Shealtiel is the name of his father. See how you translated these names in [3:2] (../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EZR	5	2	u7ce	translate-names	וְ⁠יֵשׁ֣וּעַ בַּר־יֽוֹצָדָ֔ק	1	Jeshua…Jozadak	Jeshua is the name of a man, and Jozadak is the name of his father. See how you translated these names in [3:2] (../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	5	2	03sv	figs-idiom	קָ֠מוּ	1	Jeshua…Jozadak	In this context, the word “arise” means to take action to get an enterprise under way. It does not indicate that these leaders had been sitting or lying down and that they stood up. Alternate translation: “took action” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+EZR	5	2	03sv	figs-idiom	קָ֠מוּ	1	Jeshua…Jozadak	In this context, the word **arise** means to take action to get an enterprise under way. It does not indicate that these leaders had been sitting or lying down and that they stood up. Alternate translation: “took action” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EZR	5	2	mz7h	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠שָׁרִ֣יו לְ⁠מִבְנֵ֔א בֵּ֥ית אֱלָהָ֖⁠א	1	to build the house of God	Alternate translation: “resumed work on rebuilding the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EZR	5	3	pmcm	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	 בֵּ⁠הּ־זִמְנָ⁠א֩	1	Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai	This phrase indicates that this event took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship in this case by using a phrase such as “When they did this.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
+EZR	5	3	pmcm	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	 בֵּ⁠הּ־זִמְנָ⁠א֩	1	Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai	This phrase indicates that this event took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship in this case by using a phrase such as “When they did this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
 EZR	5	3	kl9l	translate-names	תַּ֠תְּנַי	1	Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EZR	5	3	gs4x	translate-names	עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֛⁠ה	1	the Province Beyond the River	This is the name of one of the provinces of the Persian Empire. See how you translated it in [4:10] (../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EZR	5	3	xjkh	translate-names	וּ⁠שְׁתַ֥ר בּוֹזְנַ֖י	1	the Province Beyond the River	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	5	3	8q8c	figs-idiom	וּ⁠כְנָוָתְ⁠ה֑וֹן	1	the Province Beyond the River	As often in the book, the term “companion” here indicates someone who holds a similar position. Alternate translation: “their associates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+EZR	5	3	8q8c	figs-idiom	וּ⁠כְנָוָתְ⁠ה֑וֹן	1	the Province Beyond the River	As often in the book, the term **companion** here indicates someone who holds a similar position. Alternate translation: “their associates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EZR	5	3	zz1b		מַן־שָׂ֨ם לְ⁠כֹ֜ם טְעֵ֗ם	1	the Province Beyond the River	Alternate translation: “Who gave you permission” or “Who authorized you”
-EZR	5	3	a23k	figs-parallelism	בַּיְתָ֤⁠א דְנָה֙ לִ⁠בְּנֵ֔א וְ⁠אֻשַּׁרְנָ֥⁠א דְנָ֖ה לְ⁠שַׁכְלָלָֽה	1	the Province Beyond the River	These two phrases mean essentially the same thing. As noted in [4:12] (../04/12.md), “complete” is another way of saying “build” when the terms are paired like this. The officials say essentially the same thing twice for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “to rebuild this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+EZR	5	3	a23k	figs-parallelism	בַּיְתָ֤⁠א דְנָה֙ לִ⁠בְּנֵ֔א וְ⁠אֻשַּׁרְנָ֥⁠א דְנָ֖ה לְ⁠שַׁכְלָלָֽה	1	the Province Beyond the River	These two phrases mean essentially the same thing. As noted in [4:12] (../04/12.md), **complete** is another way of saying **build** when the terms are paired like this. The officials say essentially the same thing twice for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “to rebuild this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 EZR	5	3	rp2r	figs-metaphor	בַּיְתָ֤⁠א דְנָה֙	1	the Province Beyond the River	Alternate translation: “this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	5	4	jznw	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	 אֱדַ֥יִן	1	the Province Beyond the River	The word at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. Alternate translation: “At the same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
 EZR	5	4	tp1s	translate-textvariants	כְּנֵ֖מָא אֲמַ֣רְנָא לְּ⁠הֹ֑ם	1	the Province Beyond the River	In [5:10] (../05/10.md), in their letter to Darius, Tattenai and his associates say that they were the ones who asked this question. So the word “we” seems to be a mistake that has crept into the Hebrew text. Other ancient versions say “they,” and it will likely be clearest for your readers if you translate the phrase that way. Alternate translation: “they also asked them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 EZR	5	5	ewqj	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וְ⁠עֵ֣ין	1	the Province Beyond the River	This word indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between what Tattenai and his associates were trying to accomplish, an immediate end to the rebuilding of the temple, and what actually happened. You could begin the sentence with a word such as “however” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-EZR	5	5	gv23	figs-metaphor	 וְ⁠עֵ֣ין אֱלָהֲ⁠הֹ֗ם הֲוָת֙ עַל־שָׂבֵ֣י יְהוּדָיֵ֔⁠א	1	the eye of God was on	Here “eyes” stand for “seeing,” and in this context “seeing” figuratively means care, protection, and favor. Alternate translation: “God was making sure that the Jewish leaders would be all right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	5	5	gv23	figs-metaphor	 וְ⁠עֵ֣ין אֱלָהֲ⁠הֹ֗ם הֲוָת֙ עַל־שָׂבֵ֣י יְהוּדָיֵ֔⁠א	1	the eye of God was on	Here **eyes** stand for **seeing**, and in this context **seeing** figuratively means care, protection, and favor. Alternate translation: “God was making sure that the Jewish leaders would be all right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	5	5	1vci	grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠לָא	1	the eye of God was on	This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-EZR	5	5	eu4e	figs-explicit	וְ⁠לָא־בַטִּ֣לוּ הִמּ֔וֹ עַד־טַעְמָ֖⁠א לְ⁠דָרְיָ֣וֶשׁ יְהָ֑ךְ	1	a report could be sent to Darius and a decree was returned concerning this matter	“They” means Tattenai and his associates. The implication is that they did not make the Jewish leaders stop rebuilding the temple right away. Rather, they chose to wait until they could send a report about the rebuilding to Darius, to see what he would say about it. Alternate translation: “Tattenai and his associates did not make the Jews stop rebuilding the temple right away. Instead, they decided to report the matter to King Darius.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EZR	5	5	eu4e	figs-explicit	וְ⁠לָא־בַטִּ֣לוּ הִמּ֔וֹ עַד־טַעְמָ֖⁠א לְ⁠דָרְיָ֣וֶשׁ יְהָ֑ךְ	1	a report could be sent to Darius and a decree was returned concerning this matter	**They** means Tattenai and his associates. The implication is that they did not make the Jewish leaders stop rebuilding the temple right away. Rather, they chose to wait until they could send a report about the rebuilding to Darius, to see what he would say about it. Alternate translation: “Tattenai and his associates did not make the Jews stop rebuilding the temple right away. Instead, they decided to report the matter to King Darius.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EZR	5	5	udsx	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וֶ⁠אֱדַ֛יִן	1	a report could be sent to Darius and a decree was returned concerning this matter	This phrase indicates that this event would take place after the event the story has just described. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
-EZR	5	5	y8gi		תִיב֥וּן נִשְׁתְּוָנָ֖⁠א עַל־דְּנָֽה	1	a report could be sent to Darius and a decree was returned concerning this matter	“They” actually means Darius here. As in [4:18] (../04/18.md), the plural may be used to indicate the king and his officials, who would consider the matter openly in the royal court.
+EZR	5	5	y8gi		תִיב֥וּן נִשְׁתְּוָנָ֖⁠א עַל־דְּנָֽה	1	a report could be sent to Darius and a decree was returned concerning this matter	**They** actually means Darius here. As in [4:18] (../04/18.md), the plural may be used to indicate the king and his officials, who would consider the matter openly in the royal court.
 EZR	5	6	jbg5	translate-names	תַּתְּנַ֣י...וּ⁠שְׁתַ֤ר בּוֹזְנַי֙	1	This is a copy of the letter	These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [5:3] (../05/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EZR	5	6	uq1x		וּ⁠כְנָ֣וָתֵ֔⁠הּ	1	the Province Beyond the River	Alternate translation: “their associates”
-EZR	5	7	tqh1	figs-quotemarks	לְ⁠דָרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֖⁠א שְׁלָמָ֥⁠א כֹֽלָּ⁠א	1	the Province Beyond the River	Here the book begins to quote the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
+EZR	5	7	tqh1	figs-quotemarks	לְ⁠דָרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֖⁠א שְׁלָמָ֥⁠א כֹֽלָּ⁠א	1	the Province Beyond the River	Here, the book begins to quote the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 EZR	5	7	xf0z		לְ⁠דָרְיָ֥וֶשׁ	1	the Province Beyond the River	This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:5] (../04/05.md).
 EZR	5	7	mho8		שְׁלָמָ֥⁠א כֹֽלָּ⁠א	1	the Province Beyond the River	As in [4:17] (../04/17.md), this is a conventional greeting or good wish that senders at this time often included at the beginning of a letter. If your language has a similar expression that it uses for the same purpose, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “Greetings” or “We hope all is well with you”
-EZR	5	8	sp27	figs-123person	 יְדִ֣יעַ׀ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֗⁠א	0	General Information:	These officials address the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as “O king.” Alternate translation: “We would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+EZR	5	8	sp27	figs-123person	 יְדִ֣יעַ׀ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֗⁠א	0	General Information:	These officials address the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as **O king**. Alternate translation: “We would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 EZR	5	8	wizf	figs-activepassive	 יְדִ֣יעַ׀ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֗⁠א	0	General Information:	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “We would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EZR	5	8	nv7q		אֲזַ֜לְנָא לִ⁠יה֤וּד מְדִֽינְתָּ⁠א֙	0	General Information:	Alternate translation: “we went to the province of Judah”
-EZR	5	8	avmn	figs-metaphor	לְ⁠בֵית֙ אֱלָהָ֣⁠א רַבָּ֔⁠א	0	General Information:	This means the temple. The officials speak of it figuratively as if it were a place in which God would live. (They likely say “the great God” because the Jews told them, as they report in [5:11] (../05/11.md), that it would be a temple for the God who made heaven and earth.) Alternate translation: “the temple of the great God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	5	8	avmn	figs-metaphor	לְ⁠בֵית֙ אֱלָהָ֣⁠א רַבָּ֔⁠א	0	General Information:	This means the temple. The officials speak of it figuratively as if it were a place in which God would live. (They likely say **the great God** because the Jews told them, as they report in [5:11] (../05/11.md), that it would be a temple for the God who made heaven and earth.) Alternate translation: “the temple of the great God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	5	8	nmq2	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠ה֤וּא מִתְבְּנֵא֙ אֶ֣בֶן גְּלָ֔ל וְ⁠אָ֖ע מִתְּשָׂ֣ם בְּ⁠כֻתְלַיָּ֑⁠א וַ⁠עֲבִ֥ידְתָּ⁠א דָ֛ךְ אָסְפַּ֥רְנָא מִתְעַבְדָ֖א	1	timbers	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say these things with active forms, and you could say was doing these actions. Alternate translation: “The Jews are building the temple out of large stones, and they are setting timber beams in the walls.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EZR	5	8	cgiz	figs-activepassive	וַ⁠עֲבִ֥ידְתָּ⁠א דָ֛ךְ אָסְפַּ֥רְנָא מִתְעַבְדָ֖א	1	timbers	Once again you could say this with an active form, and you could say who was doing the action. The term “diligently,” used here and several further times in the book, means carefully, exactly, and efficiently. Alternate translation: “They are doing the work carefully and efficiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 
-EZR	5	8	3zzw	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מַצְלַ֥ח בְּ⁠יֶדְ⁠הֹֽם	1	timbers	Here, “hand” figuratively represents control and action. Alternate translation: “and it is succeeding at their initiative” or “and they are making good progress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	5	8	cgiz	figs-activepassive	וַ⁠עֲבִ֥ידְתָּ⁠א דָ֛ךְ אָסְפַּ֥רְנָא מִתְעַבְדָ֖א	1	timbers	Once again you could say this with an active form, and you could say who was doing the action. The term **diligently**, used here and several further times in the book, means carefully, exactly, and efficiently. Alternate translation: “They are doing the work carefully and efficiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 
+EZR	5	8	3zzw	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מַצְלַ֥ח בְּ⁠יֶדְ⁠הֹֽם	1	timbers	Here, **hand** figuratively represents control and action. Alternate translation: “and it is succeeding at their initiative” or “and they are making good progress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	5	9	uee9	figs-quotemarks	מַן־שָׂ֨ם לְ⁠כֹ֜ם טְעֵ֗ם בַּיְתָ֤⁠א דְנָה֙ לְ⁠מִבְנְיָ֔ה וְ⁠אֻשַּׁרְנָ֥⁠א דְנָ֖ה לְ⁠שַׁכְלָלָֽה	1	Who issued you a command	This is a quotation within a quotation. That is, the book is quoting from the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius, and within that letter, they are quoting what they asked the Jewish elders. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off these words within secondary quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 EZR	5	9	68jz	figs-quotemarks	מַן־שָׂ֨ם לְ⁠כֹ֜ם טְעֵ֗ם בַּיְתָ֤⁠א דְנָה֙ לְ⁠מִבְנְיָ֔ה וְ⁠אֻשַּׁרְנָ֥⁠א דְנָ֖ה לְ⁠שַׁכְלָלָֽה	1	Who issued you a command	See how you translated this question in [5:3] (../05/03.dm). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 EZR	5	10	okji		וְ⁠אַ֧ף שְׁמָהָתְ⁠הֹ֛ם שְׁאֵ֥לְנָא לְּ⁠הֹ֖ם לְ⁠הוֹדָעוּתָ֑⁠ךְ דִּ֛י נִכְתֻּ֥ב שֻׁם־גֻּבְרַיָּ֖⁠א דִּ֥י בְ⁠רָאשֵׁי⁠הֹֽם	1	Who issued you a command	Alternate translation: “And we also asked them their names so that we could let you know what they were. We are sending you in writing the names of the men who were their leaders.”
-EZR	5	10	3n28	figs-metaphor	בְרַיָּ֖⁠א דִּ֥י בְ⁠רָאשֵׁי⁠הֹֽם	1	Who issued you a command	Here, head is a figurative way of saying “leader.” Alternate translation: “the men who were their leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	5	10	3n28	figs-metaphor	בְרַיָּ֖⁠א דִּ֥י בְ⁠רָאשֵׁי⁠הֹֽם	1	Who issued you a command	Here, **head** is a figurative way of saying **leader**. Alternate translation: “the men who were their leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	5	11	f9fm	figs-quotemarks	אֲנַ֣חְנָא הִמּ֡וֹ עַבְדוֹ⁠הִי֩ דִֽי־אֱלָ֨הּ שְׁמַיָּ֜⁠א וְ⁠אַרְעָ֗⁠א	0	General Information:	Starting here, and through [5:16] (../05/16.md), there is another quotation within a quotation. The book is quoting from the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius, and within that letter, they are quoting what the Jewish elders told them in response to their question. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-EZR	5	11	m5y2	figs-idiom	אֲנַ֣חְנָא הִמּ֡וֹ עַבְדוֹ⁠הִי֩ דִֽי־אֱלָ֨הּ שְׁמַיָּ֜⁠א וְ⁠אַרְעָ֗⁠א	1	We are servants of the God	The Jewish leaders describe themselves as “servants” of God, for one thing, because they are speaking of a superior with humility and respect. However, in this context, the expression is also an idiom that indicates that this is the God whom they worship. Alternate translation: “We worship the God who created heaven and earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+EZR	5	11	m5y2	figs-idiom	אֲנַ֣חְנָא הִמּ֡וֹ עַבְדוֹ⁠הִי֩ דִֽי־אֱלָ֨הּ שְׁמַיָּ֜⁠א וְ⁠אַרְעָ֗⁠א	1	We are servants of the God	The Jewish leaders describe themselves as **servants** of God, for one thing, because they are speaking of a superior with humility and respect. However, in this context, the expression is also an idiom that indicates that this is the God whom they worship. Alternate translation: “We worship the God who created heaven and earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EZR	5	11	35fg	figs-explicit	אֱלָ֨הּ שְׁמַיָּ֜⁠א וְ⁠אַרְעָ֗⁠א	1	We are servants of the God	The implications of this phrase are that God created heaven and earth and therefore rightfully rules over them. Alternate translation: “the God who created heaven and earth and rules over them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-EZR	5	11	a1ui	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠בָנַ֤יִן בַּיְתָ⁠א֙	1	that was built many years ago, which a great king of Israel built and completed	“House” means the temple. This seems to be an abbreviated way of saying the “house of God,” a figurative description of the temple as the place where God lived. Alternate translation: “we are rebuilding the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EZR	5	11	y9hr	figs-hendiadys	וּ⁠מֶ֤לֶךְ לְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ רַ֔ב בְּנָ֖⁠הִי וְ⁠שַׁכְלְלֵֽ⁠הּ	1	completed	In this section of the book, “completing” is another way of saying “building” when the two words are used together. (Review the note about this at [4:12] (../04/12.md) if that would be helpful.) So the Jewish elders are expressing a single idea by using two words connected with “and.” If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with a single word. Alternate translation: “which a great king of Israel constructed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
-EZR	5	12	mnpe	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	 לָהֵ֗ן	1	completed	This word indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between what someone would hope and expect to happen after a great king built a temple for God and what actually happened. You could begin the sentence with a word such as “unfortunately” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-EZR	5	12	un5r	figs-metaphor	מִן־דִּ֨י הַרְגִּ֤זוּ אֲבָהֳתַ֨⁠נָא֙ לֶ⁠אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֔⁠א	0	General Information:	“Fathers” here figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “because our ancestors angered the God who rules in heaven” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EZR	5	12	pqp8	figs-metaphor	יְהַ֣ב הִמּ֔וֹ בְּ⁠יַ֛ד נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר	1	provoked the God of heaven to wrath	Here “hand” figuratively represents power and control. Alternate translation: “God allowed Nebuchadnezzar to conquer them” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	5	11	a1ui	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠בָנַ֤יִן בַּיְתָ⁠א֙	1	that was built many years ago, which a great king of Israel built and completed	**House** means the temple. This seems to be an abbreviated way of saying the **house of God**, a figurative description of the temple as the place where God lived. Alternate translation: “we are rebuilding the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	5	11	y9hr	figs-hendiadys	וּ⁠מֶ֤לֶךְ לְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ רַ֔ב בְּנָ֖⁠הִי וְ⁠שַׁכְלְלֵֽ⁠הּ	1	completed	In this section of the book, **completing** is another way of saying **building** when the two words are used together. (Review the note about this at [4:12] (../04/12.md) if that would be helpful.) So the Jewish elders are expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with a single word. Alternate translation: “which a great king of Israel constructed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
+EZR	5	12	mnpe	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	 לָהֵ֗ן	1	completed	This word indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between what someone would hope and expect to happen after a great king built a temple for God and what actually happened. You could begin the sentence with a word such as **unfortunately** to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+EZR	5	12	un5r	figs-metaphor	מִן־דִּ֨י הַרְגִּ֤זוּ אֲבָהֳתַ֨⁠נָא֙ לֶ⁠אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֔⁠א	0	General Information:	**Fathers** here figuratively means **ancestors**. Alternate translation: “because our ancestors angered the God who rules in heaven” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	5	12	pqp8	figs-metaphor	יְהַ֣ב הִמּ֔וֹ בְּ⁠יַ֛ד נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר	1	provoked the God of heaven to wrath	Here, **hand** figuratively represents power and control. Alternate translation: “God allowed Nebuchadnezzar to conquer them” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	5	12	cy4x	figs-metonymy	יְהַ֣ב הִמּ֔וֹ בְּ⁠יַ֛ד נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר	1	he gave them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the Chaldean, who destroyed this house and deported the people	Nebuchadnezzar alone did not conquer the kingdom of Judah. Rather, the elders are describing his armies figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the emperor who commanded them. Alternate translation: “God allowed the armies of Nebuchadnezzar to conquer them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EZR	5	12	lfdn	translate-names	נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר מֶֽלֶךְ־בָּבֶ֖ל	1	he gave them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the Chaldean, who destroyed this house and deported the people	Nebuchadnezzar is the name of a man, and Babylon is the name of the empire that he ruled. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	5	12	4oz8	figs-informremind	כַּסְדָּאָ֑ה	1	he gave them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the Chaldean, who destroyed this house and deported the people	Here the elders provide some further background information about who Nebuchadnezzar was. Even though he was the ruler of the Babylonian Empire, he was not from the Babylonian people group himself, but rather from the Chaldean people group. Alternate translation: “who was from the Chaldean people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
+EZR	5	12	4oz8	figs-informremind	כַּסְדָּאָ֑ה	1	he gave them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the Chaldean, who destroyed this house and deported the people	Here, the elders provide some further background information about who Nebuchadnezzar was. Even though he was the ruler of the Babylonian Empire, he was not from the Babylonian people group himself, but rather from the Chaldean people group. Alternate translation: “who was from the Chaldean people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
 EZR	5	12	wqnc	translate-names	כַּסְדָּאָ֑ה	1	he gave them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the Chaldean, who destroyed this house and deported the people	This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	5	12	sgt7	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠בַיְתָ֤⁠ה דְנָה֙ סַתְרֵ֔⁠הּ	1	destroyed this house	As in [5:11] (../05/11.md), “house” seems to be an abbreviated way of saying “house of God” or “temple.” Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar destroyed the original temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	5	12	sgt7	figs-metaphor	וּ⁠בַיְתָ֤⁠ה דְנָה֙ סַתְרֵ֔⁠הּ	1	destroyed this house	As in [5:11] (../05/11.md), **house** seems to be an abbreviated way of saying **house of God** or **temple**. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar destroyed the original temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	5	13	e3wn	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	בְּרַם֙	1	King Cyrus issued a command to rebuild the house of God	This word indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between the way Nebuchadnezzar destroyed the temple and the way Cyrus commanded it to be rebuilt. You could begin the sentence with a word such as “however” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-EZR	5	13	fnbe	translate-ordinal	בִּ⁠שְׁנַ֣ת חֲדָ֔ה לְ⁠כ֥וֹרֶשׁ	1	King Cyrus issued a command to rebuild the house of God	The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, “one,” but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, “first,” in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the first year of Cyrus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+EZR	5	13	fnbe	translate-ordinal	בִּ⁠שְׁנַ֣ת חֲדָ֔ה לְ⁠כ֥וֹרֶשׁ	1	King Cyrus issued a command to rebuild the house of God	The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **one**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, **first**, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the first year of Cyrus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 EZR	5	13	16xc	translate-names	לְ⁠כ֥וֹרֶשׁ	1	King Cyrus issued a command to rebuild the house of God	This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [1:1] (../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	5	13	g9o0	figs-explicit	מַלְכָּ֖⁠א דִּ֣י בָבֶ֑ל	1	King Cyrus issued a command to rebuild the house of God	Cyrus was the king of the Persian Empire, but since under his leadership the Persians had conquered the Babylonians, he also had the right to use the title “king of Babylon.” The implication may be that as the heir and successor to the throne of Babylon, Cyrus had the same power over the temple as Nebuchadnezzar, and so he could order it to be rebuilt. Alternate translation: “who conquered Babylon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EZR	5	13	g9o0	figs-explicit	מַלְכָּ֖⁠א דִּ֣י בָבֶ֑ל	1	King Cyrus issued a command to rebuild the house of God	Cyrus was the king of the Persian Empire, but since under his leadership the Persians had conquered the Babylonians, he also had the right to use the title **king of Babylon**. The implication may be that as the heir and successor to the throne of Babylon, Cyrus had the same power over the temple as Nebuchadnezzar, and so he could order it to be rebuilt. Alternate translation: “who conquered Babylon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EZR	5	14	q6am		וְ֠⁠אַף מָאנַיָּ֣⁠א דִֽי־בֵית־אֱלָהָ⁠א֮ דִּ֣י דַהֲבָ֣⁠ה וְ⁠כַסְפָּ⁠א֒ דִּ֣י נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֗ר הַנְפֵּק֙ מִן־הֵֽיכְלָ⁠א֙ דִּ֣י בִֽ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֔ם וְ⁠הֵיבֵ֣ל הִמּ֔וֹ לְ⁠הֵיכְלָ֖⁠א דִּ֣י בָבֶ֑ל הַנְפֵּ֨ק הִמּ֜וֹ כּ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗⁠א מִן־הֵֽיכְלָ⁠א֙ דִּ֣י בָבֶ֔ל וִ⁠יהִ֨יבוּ֙ לְ⁠שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֣ר	0	General Information:	This sentence may be hard for readers to follow because in it, the direct object (that is, the thing that receives the action) comes first, and it consists of a very long phrase. If it would be clearer in your language, you could break this sentence up in to three sentences. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar had taken the gold and silver objects that were used in worship out of the temple in Jerusalem. He had brought them to the temple in Babylon. King Cyrus took them out of the temple in Babylon and gave them to a man named Sheshbazzar.”
 EZR	5	14	4kn9	translate-unknown	מָאנַיָּ֣⁠א דִֽי־בֵית־אֱלָהָ⁠א֮	0	General Information:	This means specifically the bowls, basins, and other objects listed in [1:9–10] (../01/09.md). These were used during worship in the temple. Alternate translation: “the objects that were used in worship in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EZR	5	14	qsv0	figs-activepassive	וִ⁠יהִ֨יבוּ֙	0	General Information:	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “and Cyrus gave them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EZR	5	14	w7ix	translate-names	לְ⁠שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֣ר	1	Sheshbazzar	This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [1:8] (../01/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EZR	5	15	kwvp	grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַ⁠אֲמַר	1	Let the house of God be rebuilt	The elders use this word to indicate that the event they will now describe came after the events they have just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
-EZR	5	15	pdri	figs-quotemarks	וַ⁠אֲמַר־לֵ֓⁠הּ׀	1	Let the house of God be rebuilt	This means, “Cyrus said to Sheshbazzar.” What follows in the rest of the verse is a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. The book is quoting from the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius. Within that letter, they are quoting what the Jewish elders told them in response to their question. And within that response, the elders are quoting what King Cyrus told Sheshbazzar to do. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off the rest of the verse within tertiary quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-EZR	5	15	q6r3	figs-activepassive	וּ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלָהָ֖⁠א יִתְבְּנֵ֥א עַל־אַתְרֵֽ⁠הּ	1	Let the house of God be rebuilt	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. “I authorize you to rebuild the temple on its original site” Alternate translation: (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+EZR	5	15	pdri	figs-quotemarks	וַ⁠אֲמַר־לֵ֓⁠הּ׀	1	Let the house of God be rebuilt	This means, **Cyrus said to Sheshbazzar**. What follows in the rest of the verse is a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. The book is quoting from the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius. Within that letter, they are quoting what the Jewish elders told them in response to their question. And within that response, the elders are quoting what King Cyrus told Sheshbazzar to do. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off the rest of the verse within tertiary quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
+EZR	5	15	q6r3	figs-activepassive	וּ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלָהָ֖⁠א יִתְבְּנֵ֥א עַל־אַתְרֵֽ⁠הּ	1	Let the house of God be rebuilt	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action.  Alternate translation: “I authorize you to rebuild the temple on its original site” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EZR	5	16	x9zt	grammar-connect-time-sequential	אֱדַ֨יִן֙	0	General Information:	The elders use this word to indicate that the event they will now describe came after the events they have just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
-EZR	5	16	batc		שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֣ר דֵּ֔ךְ אֲתָ֗א	0	General Information:	The implication is that he came “here,” that is, from the perspective of the elders who are speaking, to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “that man named Sheshbazzar came here”
-EZR	5	16	iuxm		וּ⁠מִן־אֱדַ֧יִן וְ⁠עַד־כְּעַ֛ן מִתְבְּנֵ֖א וְ⁠לָ֥א שְׁלִֽם	0	General Information:	In several places the book says “built and completed” to mean “constructed.” (Review the note about this at [5:11] (../05/11.md) if that would be helpful.) But this expression means something different. The elders use a different verb for the second element that means, after “not,” that the temple was only partially rebuilt, and then the work was interrupted. It would probably be helpful to your readers to show this difference in your translation. Alternate translation: “ever since then, we have been trying to rebuild the temple, but we still have much work to do on it”
+EZR	5	16	batc		שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֣ר דֵּ֔ךְ אֲתָ֗א	0	General Information:	The implication is that he came **here**, that is, from the perspective of the elders who are speaking, to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “that man named Sheshbazzar came here”
+EZR	5	16	iuxm		וּ⁠מִן־אֱדַ֧יִן וְ⁠עַד־כְּעַ֛ן מִתְבְּנֵ֖א וְ⁠לָ֥א שְׁלִֽם	0	General Information:	In several places the book says **built and completed** to mean **constructed**. (Review the note about this at [5:11] (../05/11.md) if that would be helpful.) But this expression means something different. The elders use a different verb for the second element that means, after **not**, that the temple was only partially rebuilt, and then the work was interrupted. It would probably be helpful to your readers to show this difference in your translation. Alternate translation: “ever since then, we have been trying to rebuild the temple, but we still have much work to do on it”
 EZR	5	16	d7m8	figs-activepassive	מִתְבְּנֵ֖א וְ⁠לָ֥א שְׁלִֽם	1	it has been under construction, but is not complete	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “ever since then, we have been trying to rebuild the temple, but we still have much work to do on it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EZR	5	16	myr8	figs-quotemarks	 וְ⁠לָ֥א שְׁלִֽם	1	under construction	Here the letter ends its quotation of what the Jewish elders told Tattenai and his associates. If you decided in verse [11] (../05/11.md) to mark their words as a secondary quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
+EZR	5	16	myr8	figs-quotemarks	 וְ⁠לָ֥א שְׁלִֽם	1	under construction	Here, the letter ends its quotation of what the Jewish elders told Tattenai and his associates. If you decided in verse [11] (../05/11.md) to mark their words as a secondary quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 EZR	5	17	f4m4		 וּ⁠כְעַ֞ן	0	General Information:	As in [4:10] (../04/10.md) and [4:11] (../04/11.md), this is an Aramaic expression that introduces the main business of a letter. In this case, it comes near the end of the letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you do not need to represent this phrase.
-EZR	5	17	kviz	figs-idiom	הֵ֧ן עַל־מַלְכָּ֣⁠א טָ֗ב	1	let a search be made	This is an idiom that means, “If the king thinks this is a good idea” or “If this advice is acceptable to the king.” Alternate translation: “If it seems good to you, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-EZR	5	17	hlsk	figs-123person	הֵ֧ן עַל־מַלְכָּ֣⁠א טָ֗ב	1	let a search be made	Tattenai and his associates address the king in third person as a form of respect. Even if your language would conventionally use the second person in a context like this, you can indicate this respect by adding an expression such as “O king.” Alternate translation: “If it seems good to you, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+EZR	5	17	kviz	figs-idiom	הֵ֧ן עַל־מַלְכָּ֣⁠א טָ֗ב	1	let a search be made	This is an idiom that means, **If the king thinks this is a good idea** or **If this advice is acceptable to the king**. Alternate translation: “If it seems good to you, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+EZR	5	17	hlsk	figs-123person	הֵ֧ן עַל־מַלְכָּ֣⁠א טָ֗ב	1	let a search be made	Tattenai and his associates address the king in third person as a form of respect. Even if your language would conventionally use the second person in a context like this, you can indicate this respect by adding an expression such as **O king** Alternate translation: “If it seems good to you, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 EZR	5	17	abm5	figs-activepassive	יִ֠תְבַּקַּר	1	let a search be made	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “have your officials search” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EZR	5	17	gidq	figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠בֵ֨ית גִּנְזַיָּ֜⁠א דִּי־מַלְכָּ֣⁠א	1	let a search be made	[6:1] (../06/01.md) explains more specifically that this was “the house of the books where the treasures had been deposited,” that is, the building where valuable documents such as royal chronicles were stored and kept safe. It is called a “house” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]ically as if these documents “lived” there. Alternate translation: “in the building where the royal archives are kept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	5	17	gidq	figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠בֵ֨ית גִּנְזַיָּ֜⁠א דִּי־מַלְכָּ֣⁠א	1	let a search be made	[6:1] (../06/01.md) explains more specifically that this was **the house of the books where the treasures had been deposited**, that is, the building where valuable documents such as royal chronicles were stored and kept safe. It is called a **house** [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]ically as if these documents **lived** there. Alternate translation: “in the building where the royal archives are kept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	5	17	vii9	figs-activepassive	הֵ֣ן אִיתַ֗י דִּֽי־מִן־כּ֤וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ⁠א֙ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵ֔ם לְ⁠מִבְנֵ֛א בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥⁠א דֵ֖ךְ בִּ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם	1	if it is so that a command was issued by King Cyrus	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whether King Cyrus issued a decree to rebuild the temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EZR	5	17	fzez	figs-123person	וּ⁠רְע֥וּת מַלְכָּ֛⁠א עַל־דְּנָ֖ה יִשְׁלַ֥ח עֲלֶֽי⁠נָא	1	if it is so that a command was issued by King Cyrus	Tattenai and his associates continue to address the king in third person as a form of respect. Here again you can indicate this respect by adding an expression such as “O king.” Alternate translation: “please tell us, O king, what you would like us to do about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-EZR	5	17	ieh1	figs-quotemarks	וּ⁠רְע֥וּת מַלְכָּ֛⁠א עַל־דְּנָ֖ה...עֲלֶֽי⁠נָא	1	if it is so that a command was issued by King Cyrus	Here the book ends its quotation of the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius. If you decided in verse [7] (../05/07.md) to mark their words as a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
+EZR	5	17	fzez	figs-123person	וּ⁠רְע֥וּת מַלְכָּ֛⁠א עַל־דְּנָ֖ה יִשְׁלַ֥ח עֲלֶֽי⁠נָא	1	if it is so that a command was issued by King Cyrus	Tattenai and his associates continue to address the king in third person as a form of respect. Here again you can indicate this respect by adding an expression such as **O king**. Alternate translation: “please tell us, O king, what you would like us to do about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+EZR	5	17	ieh1	figs-quotemarks	וּ⁠רְע֥וּת מַלְכָּ֛⁠א עַל־דְּנָ֖ה...עֲלֶֽי⁠נָא	1	if it is so that a command was issued by King Cyrus	Here, the book ends its quotation of the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius. If you decided in verse [7] (../05/07.md) to mark their words as a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 EZR	6	intro	y5d8			0		# Ezra 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The completion of the story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of the temple worship occurs in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Temple taxes<br>The king said the Jews were right and ordered money from his taxes to be used to help them with their sacrifices.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Darius<br>In this chapter, Darius is called the king of Assyria. In reality, besides ruling over the former Assyrian Empire, Darius was also king of Persia. Persia had conquered Babylon, which had previously conquered Assyria. This made the king of Persia, the king of Assyria as well. It was unusual to refer to Darius as the king or ruler of Assyria. Ezra may have referred to him in this way to contrast Darius’ actions with those of the former rulers of Assyria, who had treated the Jews very cruelly. It was those earlier Assyrian rulers who had conquered the northern tribes of Israel and deported them to other lands. It was for this reasons that the northern tribes lost their identity and were no longer a distinct people group.
 EZR	6	1	cmmn	grammar-connect-logic-result	בֵּ⁠אדַ֛יִן	1	issued a command and a search was made	This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EZR	6	1	spf8	figs-explicit	דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֖⁠א שָׂ֣ם טְעֵ֑ם וּ⁠בַקַּ֣רוּ׀	1	issued a command and a search was made	The implication is that King Darius ordered his officials to search in the royal archives to investigate the claims that the Jewish elders had made a response to the questions that Tattenai and his associates asked them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Darius commanded his officials to search in the royal archives to investigate whether King Cyrus had issued a decree to rebuild the temple in Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EZR	6	1	pb3s	translate-names	דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ	1	issued a command and a search was made	This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:5] (../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	6	1	dze3	figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית סִפְרַיָּ֗⁠א דִּ֧י גִנְזַיָּ֛⁠א מְהַחֲתִ֥ין	1	in the archives where the treasures were stored	This means the building or buildings where valuable documents such as royal chronicles were stored and kept safe. This is figuratively called a “house” as if those documents “lived” there. Alternate translation: “in the places where the kings stored their chronicles and other valuable items” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	6	1	dze3	figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית סִפְרַיָּ֗⁠א דִּ֧י גִנְזַיָּ֛⁠א מְהַחֲתִ֥ין	1	in the archives where the treasures were stored	This means the building or buildings where valuable documents such as royal chronicles were stored and kept safe. This is figuratively called a **house** as if those documents **lived** there. Alternate translation: “in the places where the kings stored their chronicles and other valuable items” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	6	1	ekf1	figs-activepassive	בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית סִפְרַיָּ֗⁠א דִּ֧י גִנְזַיָּ֛⁠א מְהַחֲתִ֥ין	1	in the archives where the treasures were stored	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “in the places where the kings stored their chronicles and other valuable items” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 
-EZR	6	1	p41w	figs-idiom	תַּמָּ֖ה בְּ⁠בָבֶֽל	1	in the archives where the treasures were stored	This cannot mean that the search was limited to the archives in the city of Babylon, or even to the region of Babylon that had become a province in the Persian Empire, because a scroll describing the decree of Cyrus was finally found in the neighboring province of Media. Rather, “Babylon” must be a general description for the whole area that was the center of power for the Babylonian and Persian empires. Alternate translation: “there in that area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+EZR	6	1	p41w	figs-idiom	תַּמָּ֖ה בְּ⁠בָבֶֽל	1	in the archives where the treasures were stored	This cannot mean that the search was limited to the archives in the city of Babylon, or even to the region of Babylon that had become a province in the Persian Empire, because a scroll describing the decree of Cyrus was finally found in the neighboring province of Media. Rather, **Babylon** must be a general description for the whole area that was the center of power for the Babylonian and Persian empires. Alternate translation: “there in that area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EZR	6	2	1cxt	grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠הִשְׁתְּכַ֣ח	1	a scroll was found	This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EZR	6	2	gfa8	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠הִשְׁתְּכַ֣ח…מְגִלָּ֣ה חֲדָ֑ה	1	a scroll was found	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “The officials found one scroll” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EZR	6	2	f8w5	translate-names	בְּ⁠אַחְמְתָ֗א...דִּ֛י בְּ⁠מָדַ֥י מְדִינְתָּ֖⁠ה	1	Ecbatana	Ecbatana is the name of a city, and Media is the name of the province in which it was located. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR	6	3	i2dk	figs-quotemarks	בִּ⁠שְׁנַ֨ת חֲדָ֜ה לְ⁠כ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗⁠א	0	General Information:	Here the book begins to quote what the scroll said that the officials found in Ecbatana. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-EZR	6	3	ev3b	translate-ordinal	בִּ⁠שְׁנַ֨ת חֲדָ֜ה לְ⁠כ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗⁠א	1	In the first year of King Cyrus	The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, “one,” but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, “first,” in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the first year of the reign of Cyrus as king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+EZR	6	3	i2dk	figs-quotemarks	בִּ⁠שְׁנַ֨ת חֲדָ֜ה לְ⁠כ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗⁠א	0	General Information:	Here, the book begins to quote what the scroll said that the officials found in Ecbatana. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
+EZR	6	3	ev3b	translate-ordinal	בִּ⁠שְׁנַ֨ת חֲדָ֜ה לְ⁠כ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗⁠א	1	In the first year of King Cyrus	The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **one**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, **first**, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the first year of the reign of Cyrus as king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 EZR	6	3	lyht	translate-names	לְ⁠כ֣וֹרֶשׁ	1	In the first year of King Cyrus	This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [1:1] (../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EZR	6	3	gi3x	figs-quotemarks	בַּיְתָ֣⁠א יִתְבְּנֵ֔א	1	Let the house be rebuilt	Starting here, and through [6:5] (../06/05.md), there is a quotation within a quotation. The book is quoting from the scroll that the officials found in Ecbatana, and within that scroll, the royal chronicles quote the decree of Cyrus. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-EZR	6	3	uzdu	figs-parallelism	בַּיְתָ֣⁠א יִתְבְּנֵ֔א...וְ⁠אֻשּׁ֖וֹ⁠הִי מְסֽוֹבְלִ֑ין	1	Let the house be rebuilt	“Build” and “raise up” mean similar things. They are a poetic parallel, as in Isaiah 58:12, “Your ancient ruins will be built; you will raise up the foundations of many generations.” Cyrus says basically the same thing twice for emphasis and clarity. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to raise up a new temple.” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is more specific, in that it implicitly indicates that the new temple is to be built on the site of the former one. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to rebuild the temple … on the site of the former temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+EZR	6	3	uzdu	figs-parallelism	בַּיְתָ֣⁠א יִתְבְּנֵ֔א...וְ⁠אֻשּׁ֖וֹ⁠הִי מְסֽוֹבְלִ֑ין	1	Let the house be rebuilt	**Build** and **raise up** mean similar things. They are a poetic parallel, as in Isaiah 58:12, “Your ancient ruins will be built; you will raise up the foundations of many generations.” Cyrus says basically the same thing twice for emphasis and clarity. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to raise up a new temple.” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is more specific, in that it implicitly indicates that the new temple is to be built on the site of the former one. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to rebuild the temple … on the site of the former temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 EZR	6	3	4uej	figs-activepassive	בַּיְתָ֣⁠א יִתְבְּנֵ֔א...וְ⁠אֻשּׁ֖וֹ⁠הִי מְסֽוֹבְלִ֑ין	1	Let the house be rebuilt	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to rebuild the temple … on the site of the former temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EZR	6	3	311q	figs-metaphor	בַּיְתָ֣⁠א	1	Let the house be rebuilt	Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	6	3	ts4a	translate-bdistance	רוּמֵ⁠הּ֙ אַמִּ֣ין שִׁתִּ֔ין פְּתָיֵ֖⁠הּ אַמִּ֥ין שִׁתִּֽין	1	sixty cubits	If it would be clearer in your language, you can convert these measures into modern units. Alternate translation: “The temple is to be 90 feet high and 90 feet wide” or “The temple is to be 27 meters high and 27 meters wide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
 EZR	6	4	q3hv	figs-explicit	נִדְבָּכִ֞ין דִּי־אֶ֤בֶן גְּלָל֙ תְּלָתָ֔א וְ⁠נִדְבָּ֖ךְ דִּי־אָ֣ע חֲדַ֑ת	1	with three rows of large stones and a row of new timber	It is no longer clear exactly what these building instructions mean. They could mean that the walls of the temple should be three layers of stone thick, with a facing of wood on the inside. They could also mean that the walls should be built with one layer of wood on top of every three layers of stone, or that the temple was to have four stories, the lower three of stone and the top one of wood. Whatever the specifics, the implication is that the temple is to be rebuilt in the same way that Solomon originally built it, since 1 Kings 6:36 says that he built its inner court, at least, “with three courses of hewn stone, and a course of cedar beams.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to build this new temple out of wood and stone, just like the original one.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-EZR	6	4	tny3	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠נִ֨פְקְתָ֔⁠א מִן־בֵּ֥ית מַלְכָּ֖⁠א תִּתְיְהִֽב	1	let the cost be paid by the king’s house	Here “house” figuratively represents the wealth and income of the king. “House” is a [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] for “property,” meaning everything a person keeps in their house, and by extension everything they own. Alternate translation: “I will pay the expenses from the royal revenue.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	6	4	tny3	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠נִ֨פְקְתָ֔⁠א מִן־בֵּ֥ית מַלְכָּ֖⁠א תִּתְיְהִֽב	1	let the cost be paid by the king’s house	Here, **house** figuratively represents the wealth and income of the king. **House** is a [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] for **property**, meaning everything a person keeps in their house, and by extension everything they own. Alternate translation: “I will pay the expenses from the royal revenue.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	6	4	1h2n	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִ֨פְקְתָ֔⁠א מִן־בֵּ֥ית מַלְכָּ֖⁠א תִּתְיְהִֽב	1	let the cost be paid by the king’s house	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will pay the expenses from the royal revenue.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EZR	6	4	wjxj	figs-123person	וְ⁠נִ֨פְקְתָ֔⁠א מִן־בֵּ֥ית מַלְכָּ֖⁠א תִּתְיְהִֽב	1	let the cost be paid by the king’s house	Cyrus speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “I will pay the expenses from the royal revenue.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 EZR	6	5	ujut		מָאנֵ֣י בֵית־אֱלָהָ⁠א֮ דִּ֣י דַהֲבָ֣⁠ה וְ⁠כַסְפָּ⁠א֒ דִּ֣י נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּ֗ר הַנְפֵּ֛ק מִן־הֵיכְלָ֥⁠א דִי־בִ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֖ם וְ⁠הֵיבֵ֣ל לְ⁠בָבֶ֑ל יַהֲתִיב֗וּן	1	let the cost be paid by the king’s house	See how you translated the very similar sentence in [5:14] (../05/14.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could also break this sentence up in to three sentences. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar took the gold and silver objects that were used in worship out of the temple in Jerusalem. He brought them to Babylon. Return these objects to the Jews” 
 EZR	6	5	5lhj	figs-activepassive	מָאנֵ֣י...יַהֲתִיב֗וּן	1	let the cost be paid by the king’s house	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, as an imperative. Alternate translation: “Return these objects to the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EZR	6	5	bwim	translate-unknown	מָאנֵ֣י בֵית־אֱלָהָ⁠א֮	1	let the cost be paid by the king’s house	This means specifically the bowls, basins, and other objects listed in [1:9–10] (../01/09.md). These were used during worship in the temple. Alternate translation: “the objects that were used in worship in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EZR	6	5	0l8e	figs-parallelism	וִ֠⁠יהָךְ לְ⁠הֵיכְלָ֤⁠א דִי־בִ⁠ירֽוּשְׁלֶם֙ לְ⁠אַתְרֵ֔⁠הּ וְ⁠תַחֵ֖ת בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלָהָֽ⁠א	1	let the cost be paid by the king’s house	These two phrases mean similar things. Cyrus is saying basically the same thing twice to emphasize how important it is for his officials to carry out this command. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “Make sure that you put each one of these objects back in the temple, right where it belongs.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-EZR	6	5	vo0d	figs-quotemarks	וְ⁠תַחֵ֖ת בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלָהָֽ⁠א	1	let the cost be paid by the king’s house	Here the scroll ends its quotation from the decree of Cyrus. If you decided in the middle of verse [3] (../06/03.md) to mark these words as a quotation within a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-EZR	6	5	xrzz	figs-quotemarks	וְ⁠תַחֵ֖ת בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלָהָֽ⁠א	1	let the cost be paid by the king’s house	Here the text also ends its quotation from the scroll. If you decided at the start of verse [3] (../06/03.md) to mark its words as a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-EZR	6	6	f9x5	figs-ellipsis	כְּעַ֡ן	0	General Information:	Here the book leaves out some of the material that a story would ordinarily need in order to be complete. It jumps right from its quotation from the scroll that was discovered at Ecbatana into the letter that King Darius wrote to Tattenai and his associates in response to what the scroll said. You could say this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “When King Darius learned from the scroll that Cyrus had ordered the temple to be rebuilt, he sent Tattenai and his associates a letter in answer to their inquiry. He told them what he had learned and then said, “Now …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+EZR	6	5	vo0d	figs-quotemarks	וְ⁠תַחֵ֖ת בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלָהָֽ⁠א	1	let the cost be paid by the king’s house	Here, the scroll ends its quotation from the decree of Cyrus. If you decided in the middle of verse [3] (../06/03.md) to mark these words as a quotation within a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
+EZR	6	5	xrzz	figs-quotemarks	וְ⁠תַחֵ֖ת בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלָהָֽ⁠א	1	let the cost be paid by the king’s house	Here, the text also ends its quotation from the scroll. If you decided at the start of verse [3] (../06/03.md) to mark its words as a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
+EZR	6	6	f9x5	figs-ellipsis	כְּעַ֡ן	0	General Information:	Here, the book leaves out some of the material that a story would ordinarily need in order to be complete. It jumps right from its quotation from the scroll that was discovered at Ecbatana into the letter that King Darius wrote to Tattenai and his associates in response to what the scroll said. You could say this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “When King Darius learned from the scroll that Cyrus had ordered the temple to be rebuilt, he sent Tattenai and his associates a letter in answer to their inquiry. He told them what he had learned and then said, “Now …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 EZR	6	6	ks97	figs-quotemarks	 כְּעַ֡ן	0	General Information:	Since the book here begins to quote the letter that King Darius sent in reply to Tattenai and his associates, it may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-EZR	6	6	wtim	figs-quotemarks	 כְּעַ֡ן	0	General Information:	As in [4:13] (../04/13.md), [4:14] (../04/14.md), and [4:21] (../04/21.md), this word introduces an important point within a letter. (It is similar to the expression “and now” in [4:10] (../04/10.md), [4:11] (../04/11.md), [4:17] (../04/17.md), and [5:17] (../05/17.md).) If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-EZR	6	6	qpqv	figs-123person	תַּ֠תְּנַי פַּחַ֨ת עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֜⁠ה שְׁתַ֤ר בּוֹזְנַי֙ וּ⁠כְנָוָ֣תְ⁠ה֔וֹן אֲפַרְסְכָיֵ֔⁠א דִּ֖י בַּ⁠עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֑⁠ה רַחִיקִ֥ין הֲו֖וֹ מִן־תַּמָּֽה	0	General Information:	Since Darius addresses these men directly at the end of the sentence, we would expect him to say “your companions,” in the second person, rather than “their companions,” in the third person. So it seems that the book is compressing the letter as it quotes it. Based on the other letters that the book quotes in [4:11–16] (../04/11.md), [4:17–22] (../04/17.md), and [5:7–17] (../05/17.md), the full letter probably said something like, “To Tattenai, the governor of Beyond-the-River, Shethar-Bozenai, and their companions, the officials who are in Beyond-the-River. Peace. And now,” followed by an explanation that the court officials had discovered a scroll that recorded the decree of Cyrus, and then instructions to these men, beginning “Now: Be far away from there!” But since the quotation from this letter in the book jumps from the list of the recipients’ names right to these instructions, if it would be clearer in your language, you could use the second person throughout. Alternate translation: “Tattenai, the governor of Beyond-the-River, Shethar-Bozenai, and your associates, you officials who are in Beyond-the-River: Be far away from there!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+EZR	6	6	wtim	figs-quotemarks	 כְּעַ֡ן	0	General Information:	As in [4:13] (../04/13.md), [4:14] (../04/14.md), and [4:21] (../04/21.md), this word introduces an important point within a letter. (It is similar to the expression **and now** in [4:10] (../04/10.md), [4:11] (../04/11.md), [4:17] (../04/17.md), and [5:17] (../05/17.md).) If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
+EZR	6	6	qpqv	figs-123person	תַּ֠תְּנַי פַּחַ֨ת עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֜⁠ה שְׁתַ֤ר בּוֹזְנַי֙ וּ⁠כְנָוָ֣תְ⁠ה֔וֹן אֲפַרְסְכָיֵ֔⁠א דִּ֖י בַּ⁠עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֑⁠ה רַחִיקִ֥ין הֲו֖וֹ מִן־תַּמָּֽה	0	General Information:	Since Darius addresses these men directly at the end of the sentence, we would expect him to say **your companions**, in the second person, rather than **their companions**, in the third person. So it seems that the book is compressing the letter as it quotes it. Based on the other letters that the book quotes in [4:11–16] (../04/11.md), [4:17–22] (../04/17.md), and [5:7–17] (../05/17.md), the full letter probably said something like, **To Tattenai, the governor of Beyond-the-River, Shethar-Bozenai, and their companions, the officials who are in Beyond-the-River. Peace. And now** followed by an explanation that the court officials had discovered a scroll that recorded the decree of Cyrus, and then instructions to these men, beginning **Now: Be far away from there!** But since the quotation from this letter in the book jumps from the list of the recipients’ names right to these instructions, if it would be clearer in your language, you could use the second person throughout. Alternate translation: “Tattenai, the governor of Beyond-the-River, Shethar-Bozenai, and your associates, you officials who are in Beyond-the-River: Be far away from there!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 EZR	6	6	xd9g	translate-names	תַּ֠תְּנַי…שְׁתַ֤ר בּוֹזְנַי֙	1	Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai	These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [5:3] (../05/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EZR	6	6	xk9x		וּ⁠כְנָוָ֣תְ⁠ה֔וֹן	1	the Province Beyond the River	Alternate translation: “their associates” or “your associates”
 EZR	6	6	akg1	figs-metaphor	רַחִיקִ֥ין הֲו֖וֹ מִן־תַּמָּֽה	1	the Province Beyond the River	King Darius uses a spatial [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] to indicate figuratively that he wants Tattenai and his associates not to interfere with what the Jews are doing in Jerusalem. The meaning is not simply that they are to stay away physically from that area, since they could still plot against the Jews from a distance (for example, by bribing officials in the royal court, as [4:5] (../04/05.md) describes). Alternate translation: “Do not interfere with what is happening in Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	6	7	k1ks	figs-parallelism	שְׁבֻ֕קוּ לַ⁠עֲבִידַ֖ת בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֣⁠א דֵ֑ךְ	1	the Province Beyond the River	This sentence means basically the same thing as the last sentence in verse [6] (../06/06.md). Darius says essentially the same thing twice for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation for both sentences: “Do not interfere with the rebuilding of the temple in Jerusalem” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is more specific. It says precisely what Darius wants these Samaritan officials to leave alone. Alternate translation: “Do not interfere with what is happening in Jerusalem. Do not disturb the work on the temple there.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-EZR	6	7	8w40		בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥⁠א דֵ֖ךְ יִבְנ֥וֹן עַל־אַתְרֵֽ⁠הּ	1	the Province Beyond the River	As in [5:15] (../05/15.md), this expression means “rebuild the temple on its original site.” You could say that as an alternate translation.
+EZR	6	7	8w40		בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥⁠א דֵ֖ךְ יִבְנ֥וֹן עַל־אַתְרֵֽ⁠הּ	1	the Province Beyond the River	As in [5:15] (../05/15.md), this expression means **rebuild the temple on its original site**. You could say that as an alternate translation.
 EZR	6	8	ci97	figs-activepassive	וּ⁠מִנִּ⁠י֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ לְ⁠מָ֣א דִֽי־תַֽעַבְד֗וּן עִם־שָׂבֵ֤י יְהוּדָיֵ⁠א֙ אִלֵּ֔ךְ לְ⁠מִבְנֵ֖א בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֣⁠א דֵ֑ךְ	0	General Information:	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “This is what I am commanding you to do to help the elders of the Jews rebuild that temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EZR	6	8	njb9	figs-activepassive	וּ⁠מִ⁠נִּכְסֵ֣י מַלְכָּ֗⁠א דִּ֚י מִדַּת֙ עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֔⁠ה אָסְפַּ֗רְנָא נִפְקְתָ֛⁠א תֶּהֱוֵ֧א מִֽתְיַהֲבָ֛א לְ⁠גֻבְרַיָּ֥⁠א אִלֵּ֖ךְ	1	Let this cost be paid diligently at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I want you officials to pay the full costs of the rebuilding from the royal treasury, from the tribute that you receive in Beyond-the-River province” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EZR	6	8	te7b	figs-123person	וּ⁠מִ⁠נִּכְסֵ֣י מַלְכָּ֗⁠א	1	at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River	Darius speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “I will pay the expenses from the royal revenue.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-EZR	6	8	xfsc	figs-litotes	דִּי־לָ֥א לְ⁠בַטָּלָֽא	1	at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River	“It” here means the work of rebuilding the temple. Darius is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in order to make sure that the rebuilding is completed successfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
-EZR	6	8	5olo		דִּי־לָ֥א לְ⁠בַטָּלָֽא	1	at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River	However, since the book uses the term “stop” when describing the opposition to the temple rebuilding in [4:21] (../04/21.md), [4:23] (../04/23.md), [4:24] (../04/24.md), and [5:5] (../05/05.md), you could also choose to use that term to show the connection. Alternate translation: “I do not want anyone to stop the Jews from rebuilding that temple.”
+EZR	6	8	xfsc	figs-litotes	דִּי־לָ֥א לְ⁠בַטָּלָֽא	1	at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River	**It** here means the work of rebuilding the temple. Darius is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in order to make sure that the rebuilding is completed successfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+EZR	6	8	5olo		דִּי־לָ֥א לְ⁠בַטָּלָֽא	1	at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River	However, since the book uses the term **stop** when describing the opposition to the temple rebuilding in [4:21] (../04/21.md), [4:23] (../04/23.md), [4:24] (../04/24.md), and [5:5] (../05/05.md), you could also choose to use that term to show the connection. Alternate translation: “I do not want anyone to stop the Jews from rebuilding that temple.”
 EZR	6	9	ouqv	figs-activepassive	 וּ⁠מָ֣ה חַשְׁחָ֡ן וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י תוֹרִ֣ין וְ⁠דִכְרִ֣ין וְ⁠אִמְּרִ֣ין׀ לַ⁠עֲלָוָ֣ן׀ לֶ⁠אֱלָ֪הּ שְׁמַיָּ֟⁠א חִנְטִ֞ין מְלַ֣ח׀ חֲמַ֣ר וּ⁠מְשַׁ֗ח כְּ⁠מֵאמַ֨ר כָּהֲנַיָּ֤⁠א דִי־בִ⁠ירֽוּשְׁלֶם֙ לֶהֱוֵ֨א מִתְיְהֵ֥ב לְ⁠הֹ֛ם י֥וֹם׀ בְּ⁠י֖וֹם	1	at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River	This sentence, like the one in [5:14] (../05/14.md), may be hard for readers to follow because the thing that receives the action comes first, and it consists of a very long phrase. This sentence continues into the next verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could break it up in to four sentences, three in this verse and the last one in verse [10] (../06/10.md). You could also use active forms instead of the two passive forms and say who would do the action in each case. Alternate translation: “The priests who are in Jerusalem will tell you what they need. This may include young bulls, rams, and lambs for burnt offerings to the God of heaven, and wheat, salt, wine, and oil. I want you to give them everything they need every single day.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EZR	6	9	kf3e	figs-idiom	וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י תוֹרִ֣ין	1	at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River	This expression refers to young male bulls. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EZR	6	9	fn3z		לַ⁠עֲלָוָ֣ן	1	at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River	See how you translated this in [3:2] (../03/02.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “whole burnt offerings”